Graduate Catalog 2005-2007 Is a Description of New Mexico Highlands University’S Academic Programs and Courses of Instruction

New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 3

Graduate Catalog

2005 ~ 2007

New Mexico Highlands University Academic Affairs 454-3311 Academic Support 454-3327 Admission of Students - Undergraduate 454-3439 Admission of Students - Graduate 454-3266 Advisement/Testing 454-3327 Athletics/Intramurals 454-3351 Business Affairs/Accounts 454-3222 Campus Life 454-3495 Campus Police 454-3278 Career Planning and Placement 454-3327 Catalog/Course Schedule 454-3437 Child Care 454-3510 Distance Education 454-3271 Financial Assistance 454-3318 General Inquires 425-7511 Library 454-3401 Post Ofﬁ ce 454-3358 Registration 454-3438 Student Affairs 454-3020 Student Government 454-3594 Scholarship/Student Employment 454-3318 Support Services 454-3483 Transcripts 454-3455 TTY Switchboard 454-3003 Web Registration Problems 454-3226

President Manny M. Aragon Board of Regents The Honorable Bill Richardson, Governor of New Mexico, Santa Fe Javier M. Gonzales, Chairman, Santa Fe Dr. Mari-Lucy Jaramillo, Vice-Chairperson, Albuquerque Walter Adams, Secretary/Treasurer, Las Vegas John Loehr, Member, Montezuma Ricky Serna, Member, Española 4 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

New Mexico Highlands University Box 9000 Las Vegas, New Mexico 87701 (505) 425-7511 www.nmhu.edu

New Mexico Highlands University is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, 30 North LaSalle St., Suite 2400, Chicago, IL 60602- 2504, 312-263-0456; 800-621-7440, fax 312-263-7462; www.ncacihe.org. To review or receive a copy of the University NCA Afﬁ liation Status Report, please contact the Ofﬁ ce of the Registrar.

New Mexico Highlands University reserves the right to change its instructional programs at any time. The provisions of this catalog are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the student and New Mexico Highlands University.

New Mexico Highlands University does not discriminate on the basis of disability, race, color, religion, national origin, age, sex, or sexual orientation in employment, admission, programs or services.

Any student who feels that he/she has been discriminated against is encouraged to ﬁ le an incident report form with the Ofﬁ ce of the Dean of Students. For more information please refer to the NMHU Student Handbook or the NMHU website at www.nmhu.edu.

All NMHU educational programs and activities will be made accessible to students with disabilities upon request.

Individuals with a disability who are in need of accommodations in order to participate in our programs may contact the university at 505 454-3188, TTY at 505 454-3003 or in writing to the Ofﬁ ce of Disability Services, New Mexico Highlands University, Las Vegas, New Mexico 87701.

For the full-time degree seeking freshman who entered the university during the 1998-1999 academic year the persistence and graduation rate may be obtained from the Ofﬁ ce of the Registrar.

Bulletin Vol. 54, Issue 427 Fall 2005

This catalog is published in two versions, an undergraduate and a separate graduate publication. Published biannually by New Mexico Highlands University, Box 9000, Las Vegas, New Mexico 87701.

Send change of address to NMHU Ofﬁ ce of the Registrar Publication No. CAT-2005-7 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 5

TABLE OF CONTENTS 6 Map 7 NMHU Mission Statement 8 Overview of Undergraduate Programs of Study 9 Highlands at a Glance 9-10 Student Services and Policies 11 Admission to the University 14 Tuition and Fees 17 Financial Aid and Scholarships 21 General Academic Policies and Procedures 27 General Degree Policies 32 Registration 34 Academic Programs and Courses 35 College of Arts & Sciences 36 Department of Behavioral Sciences 47 Department of Communication and Fine Arts 55 Department of Computer and Mathematical Sciences 64 Department of Humanities 80 Department of Natural Sciences 89 School of Business Administration 97 School of Education 112 Department of Exercise Sport and Sciences 117 School of Social Work 131 The University Administration and Faculty 138 Index Academic Calendar is on inside back cover 6 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

The Graduate Catalog 2005-2007 is a description of New Mexico Highlands University’s academic programs and courses of instruction. Although much effort has been made to ensure accuracy, errors or omissions may be present. All offi cial corrections to this catalog are on fi le with the Offi ce of the Registrar. The administration and faculty of New Mexico Highlands University believe that the educational programs of the university are effective and valuable. However, the ultimate results of the programs offered, in terms of such matters as achievement, employment, and professional licensing, are also dependent on factors beyond the control of the university, such as individual student initiative, governmental or institutional regulations, and market conditions. Therefore, New Mexico Highlands University makes no representation or guarantee that following a particular course or curriculum will result in specifi c achievement, employment, admission to other programs, or professional licensing. New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 7

MISSION STATEMENT uate programs in additional programs such as engineering, New Mexico Highlands University is a diverse com- forestry management, watershed management, bilingual pro- prehensive quality university serving the global commu- grams in the professional schools, and programs that clearly nity by integrating education, research, public service, and acknowledge that a university that fully takes advantage of, economic development, while celebrating our distinctive and prepares its students for, creative application of technol- Northern New Mexico cultures and traditions. We achieve ogy to improve the quality of life, is a university that will this through a university-wide commitment to quality stu- prosper, grow, and be relevant. In support of its mission the dent-centered education, recognition of the growing impor- university has adopted the following strategic goals: tance of the Spanish language to our nation’s interests, and STRATEGIC GOAL A: Develop a learner-centered acknowledgement to our many responsibilities to residents environment that promotes the improvement of learning and of Northern New Mexico as the principal educational institu- personal development of students from fi rst-year courses tion in the region. through degree completion. As a student-centered, publicly supported, regionally STRATEGIC GOAL B: Enhance the long term strat- based, comprehensive university offering programs in lib- egy for university engagements in community and regional eral arts, sciences and professional disciplines the University partnerships. brings together students from distinctive cultural, socioeco- STRATEGIC GOAL C: Become the premier His- nomic, linguistic, geographic, religious, and educational panic Serving Institution (HSI) in the country. backgrounds. STRATEGIC GOAL D: Align New Mexico High- New Mexico Highland University is committed to pro- lands University technology with institutional priorities, be grams that focus on its multiethnic student body with spe- on the leading edge of technology developments in higher cial emphasis on the rich heritage of Hispanic and Native education, provide faculty, students, staff and administra- American cultures that are distinctive to the State of New tion, and the communities the University serves convenient Mexico and particularly to Northern New Mexico. The Uni- access to information needed for learning, research, teach- versity clearly perceives that its success depends upon an ap- ing, administration, and communication. preciation of the region’s cultural and linguistic identities. STRATEGIC GOAL E: Achieve a competitive By reinforcing cultural identity and encouraging the use of position with peer institutions in research and scholar- these assets, the University seeks to empower students and ship in targeted areas that promote the achievement of the the region’s ethnic populations to achieve full involvement university mission. in the activities of society. STRATEGIC GOAL F: Maintain the adequacy and The University emphasizes graduate and professional quality of the physical campus environment. programs, and a balanced curriculum promotes undergraduate STRATEGIC GOAL G: Develop effective and ef- study that is fi rmly grounded in the liberal arts and sciences, fi cient academic and administrative processes, systems and emphasizes excellence in teaching and individual attention structures that support continuous improvement to students, and prepares students for lifelong learning, for STRATEGIC GOAL H: Communicate the image graduate and professional schools, and for present and fu- and reputation of the University to the general public and to ture occupations. The University remains true to its legacy of students with a focus on its high quality. emphasis on teacher preparation, interdisciplinary programs involving the Hispanic world, and programs that contribute to meeting social needs. In essence, there is an emphasis on developing broadly literate citizens and leaders, educated in analytical and critical thought and in the appreciation of the arts and sciences. In addition, through collaborative arrangements with other campuses, research agencies, government agencies, and the corporate world, the University aspires to develop and deliver new models for baccalaureate and grad- 8 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

Overview of Graduate Programs of Study*

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES School of Business ACBSP accredited Department of Behavioral Sciences Business Administration (MBA) Psychology (MS) With concentrations in:

With concentrations in: Human Resource Mgmt

General Psychology International Business

Clinical Psychology Non-Proﬁ t Financial Mgmt Public Affairs (MA)* With concentrations in: School of Education NCATE accredited Applied Sociology Education (MA) Southwest Studies (MA)* With concentrations in: With concentration in: Counseling and Guidance Anthropology With emphasis in: DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATION AND FINE School Counseling ARTS Professional Counseling Media Arts and Computer Science (MA)** Rehabilitation Counseling With concentration in: Educational Leadership Media Arts Special Education DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER AND Curriculum and Instruction MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES With emphasis in a variety of areas such as: Media Arts and Computer Science (MA or MS)** English, Math, History, Bilingual Education, etc. With concentration in: Computer Science DEPARTMENT OF EXERICSE SPORT AND DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL SCIENCES SCIENCE (MA) Applied Chemistry (MS) Human Performance and Sport (MA) Life Science (MS) With concentrations in With concentrations in: Sports Administration Biology Teacher Education Natural Resource Management DEPARTMENT OF HUMANITIES School of Social Work CSWE accredited English (MA) Social Work (MSW) With concentrations in: With concentrations in: Literature Bilingual/Bicultural Social Work Practice Language, Rhetoric, and Composition Clinical Practice Creative Writing Community Organization Public Affairs (MA)*

With concentration in: *Public Affairs and Southwest Studies are interdisciplinary Political and Governmental Processes programs. (The degree is granted through the College of Arts and Sci- Historical and Cross-Cultural Perspectives ences, Departments of Behavioral Sciences and Humanities.) Southwest Studies (MA)* ** Media Arts and Computer Science is an interdisciplinary With concentrations in: program. (The degree is granted through the College of Arts and Sci- History/Political Science ences, Departments of Communication and Fine Arts and Computer Hispanic Language and Literature and Mathematical Sciences.)

*NMHU reserves the right to change its instructional and other programs at any time. New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 9

HIGHLANDS AT A GLANCE maintains an open enrollment, small classes, First established as New Mexico Normal and low tuition. It is known nationwide for School, the institution became New Mexico its research activities, student and faculty Highlands University in 1941, as it expanded achievement, and opportunities for students to its role beyond teacher education. combine study with real-world experience. In addition, the required freshman seminar ad- Today, NMHU in Las Vegas offers graduate dresses retention by orienting new students to and undergraduate programs in arts and sci- college life and university resources to ensure ences, business, education, and social work. their success through graduation. Located in the heart of Las Vegas, a small, friendly town with a population of about NMHU students and faculty alike consistently 18,000, Highlands’ main campus is close to receive national and international recognition recreational and wilderness areas, and within a for many of their achievements, and have op- few hours of major metropolitan centers. portunities to network with other researchers and professionals in their areas of interest. Through distance education, Internet courses, and on-site faculty, NMHU also offers some Accredited by the Higher Learning Commis- degree-completion and graduate programs in sion of the North Central Association of Col- Farmington, Rio Rancho, Española, Santa Fe, leges and Schools. NMHU also has specialty and Roswell. accreditations. The School of Education is accredited by the National Council for Accredi- Although students from all over the world at- tation of Teacher Education (NCATE). The tend NMHU, the majority of its approximately School of Business Administration is accred- 3,500 students are from New Mexico and are ited by the Association of Collegiate Business Hispanic. Highlands’ programs focus on its Schools and Programs (ACBSP). The School multi-ethnic student body, especially the His- of Social Work is accredited by the Council on panic and Native American cultures distinctive Social Work Education (CSWE). of New Mexico. NMHU is a member of the Rocky Mountain The university continues the traditional role of Athletic Conference, NCAA Division II and an institution of higher learning in the liberal ﬁ elds eleven teams – ﬁ ve men’s and six wom- arts and sciences; it also offers comprehen- en’s. They include baseball, basketball, cross sive programs in business, teacher education, country, football, soccer, softball, women’s engineering, and social work. The university track, volleyball and wrestling. is committed to excellence in the transmission, discovery, preservation, and application Student Services and Code of Conduct of knowledge itself to maintain a progressive, The NMHU Student Handbook, which forward-looking posture responsive to the is published each year, describes student changing social environment, as to shape the services, the Code of Student Conduct and direction the institution will take with respect related policies and procedures. Administered to anticipated demands and approaching op- by the Dean of Students, the code sets the portunities. standards for expected behavior of students. Procedures for hearings, appeals, grievances As part of its mission to serve the individual and complaints of discrimination/harassment student through personal attention, Highlands are outlined in the handbook. The handbook is 10 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

provided to new students; it may be down- Further information about the policy and loaded at www.nmhu.edu; or a copy may be procedures relating to services to students with obtained from the NMHU Ofﬁ ce of Student disabilities is found in the Disability Services Affairs, Box 9000, Las Vegas, N.M. 87701. Handbook, incorporated herein by reference. This handbook may be requested from Dis- Students with Disabilities ability Services or may be downloaded from New Mexico Highlands University does the NMHU, www.nmhu.edu. not discriminate on the basis of disability in admission or access to its programs and activities. Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 prohibit such discrimination. Provost Janice Chavez is the designated Section 504/ADA Coordinator.

Disability Services has been designated to coordinate the efforts of Highlands to comply with these laws and their implementing regulations. All initial inquiries or concerns regarding compliance, accommodation, access, or services should be ﬁ rst addressed to Disability Services at (505) 454-3252 or via e-mail at [email protected]. Ofﬁ cial accommodations can not be provided to students with disabilities without prior approval from Disability Services.

Disability related records, including medical records, are conﬁ dential material and will be protected in accordance with FERPA regulations and in light of their purpose to assist in providing appropriate academic accommodations to the student.

Service animals are welcome on campus provided they meet all legal requirements. Service animals that present a health or safety threat to the campus community (including cleanliness issues) will be banned from campus unless signiﬁ cant preventive actions are taken by the owner to ensure future compliance. Students with service animals must be registered with Disability Services. New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 11

Admission to the University other programs, they may be submitted. Offi ce of Graduate Studies • The Test of English as a Foreign Language Rodgers Hall Administration Building, (TOEFL) is required of foreign student Room 108 applicants. 505 454-3266 • Graduate students must have an earned E-MAIL: [email protected] bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution of higher learning and present The application for admission is available on our web site: www.nmhu.edu an acceptable undergraduate program (or evidence of comparable achievement) Admission to Graduate Studies in the fi eld(s) in which they intend to do (Degree-Seeking Students) graduate work. This section of the Graduate Catalog states the Applicants are admitted on the basis of university’s general admission policies. Addi- individual evaluation of transcripts and tional information may be required or recom- other supporting documentation. With mended, and separate procedures or deadlines the exception of minimum grade point may be established for specifi c graduate average, requirements vary among the programs. Applicants must consult the section various graduate programs. Examples are of the catalog that describes the particular as follows: graduate program of interest to them. General • Applicants to the graduate program in admission requirements include: English must submit a 10- to 15-page • The completed Graduate Application for writing sample, preferably a scholarly pa- Admission, the $15 one-time, non-refund- per written for an upper division English able application fee, two letters of recom- class. mendation, and the required essay must • Applicants to the Media Arts and Comput- be submitted to the Offi ce of Graduate er Science graduate program must provide Studies. At the same time, applicants also a portfolio with examples of academic, must have offi cial transcripts of all previ- industrial or creative work. ous college work sent to the same offi ce. Admission cannot be complete until all Undergraduate credit requirements in the fi eld of these materials have been received in of study are fl exible; an undergraduate minor an acceptable form. Application packets is usually adequate. Quality and breadth of are available from the Offi ce of Graduate coverage are the critical factors in determining Studies. A new application is required for the adequacy of undergraduate preparation. At re-enrollment after a one-year absence. least a 3.0 undergraduate grade point average If a second master’s degree or a change must have been earned in the fi eld(s) of the in major or concentration outside the col- proposed graduate program. lege/school is sought, a new application is required, and entrance requirements for Applicants may submit additional informa- that program must be met. No work used tion in support of their applications (and may toward the fi rst master’s degree may count be required to do so for certain programs). In toward the second degree. disputed cases, the Academic Affairs Com- • It is strongly recommended that applicants mittee, upon the recommendation of the dean for a master’s program in psychology concerned, will make the fi nal decision on take the Graduate Record Exam (GRE). whether the undergraduate preparation is Although test scores are not required for adequate. 12 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

• The discipline, the appropriate dean, the the fi rst semester in attendance or students Academic Affairs Committee, or the chief will be subject to disenrollment for that academic offi cer, Offi ce of Graduate Stud- semester. ies, may require additional verifi cation • Students who have an undergraduate of eligibility for graduate work such as grade point average below 3.0, or who are letters of recommendation and/or special deemed to have course defi ciencies in the examinations. major fi eld may be admitted provision- • All applicants approved for a graduate ally on the condition that they earn and degree program are admitted as regular or maintain at least a 3.0 grade point average provisional graduate students. Provisional for the fi rst 12 semester credits of graduate students may gain regular student status work. This admission is granted upon the by meeting the criteria that were stated at recommendation of the discipline and the time of admissions. appropriate dean and with the approval of • Students who are within 12 semester the Academic Affairs Committee. credits of completing the requirements for • Students with a bachelor’s degree who a bachelor’s degree, but who otherwise wish to earn a master’s degree in a fi eld meet the requirements for admission as unrelated to their undergraduate work may graduate students may, upon the recom- arrange a special program of undergradu- mendation of the dean concerned, be ate and graduate courses to qualify for granted advanced standing, permitting en- the advanced degree. Such a program rollment in certain graduate courses while could involve work comparable to a minor the bachelor’s work is being completed. A undergraduate program, and must be ar- maximum of nine credits may be earned in ranged in consultation with the discipline this status. and dean concerned and the chief aca- • Students who are completing the last se- demic offi cer, Offi ce of Graduate Studies. mester of their undergraduate work, but do • Applicants must possess the equivalent not qualify for advanced standing status, of a bachelor’s degree from an approved may be granted provisional admission. university or college. Transcripts and Consideration will be given to applicants other valid records of previous colleges who otherwise meet the requirements for or universities attended should come from admission to graduate study. Students in national examination councils (where this status may not register for graduate applicable), approved colleges or uni- courses. This status is intended for the sole versities, or other offi cial state or federal purpose of allowing students to compete agencies for education. These records for scholarships or other opportunities re- will be evaluated for compliance with the quiring admission to a graduate program. admissions criteria of the university. • Provisional graduate status may be grant- International Students ed to students with a bachelor’s degree • Applicants will be expected to give who, for reasons beyond their control, are evidence of an adequate command of the not able to meet the timetable for admis- English language by earning a satisfactory sion to a graduate program. In the applica- score on the Test of English as a Foreign tion, students certify that they possess a Language (TOEFL) or the International bachelor’s degree and are in good standing English Language Testing System (IELTS) at the last university attended. Admission before they can be admitted. fi les must be completed by the middle of • A minimum composite score of 540 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 13

(TOEFL paper based), 190 (TOEFL com- can be issued. All international students puter based), with at least a score of 50 who seek graduate admission to NMHU on the written test is required or Band 6.5 must meet additional conditions. Along (IELTS). with the submission of the completed • Prospective students in business must Graduate Application for Admission, score at least a 540 (TOEFL paper based), the required essay, two letters of recom- 190 (TOEFL computer based) with a score mendation, and the non-refundable $15 of 50/18 on the written test, and a score of application, the student: 54/20 listening comprehension, or a score • Applicants must submit the completed Band 6.5 (IELTS). Financial Certifi cate for international • Applicants with scores between 540/570 admission. (TOEFL paper based), 190/207 (TOEFL Admission as a Non-Degree Graduate computer based) and Bands 6.5 (IELTS) Student are required to take an ESL course for one Non-degree status is principally for those who semester. do not expect to work toward an advanced • Applicants with scores of 600 (TOEFL pa- degree at the university. Any person who has per based), 250 (TOEFL computer based) an earned bachelor’s degree from an accred- and a Band score of 7 (IELTS) are exempt ited institution and is in good standing at the from the ESL requirement. last university attended may be admitted as • Applicants from other countries in which a non-degree graduate student. Application English is an offi cial language, but not the may be made at the time of registration. In the language of the majority or of instruction application, non-degree applicants certify that will be subject to these requirements. they possess a bachelor’s degree and are in Exceptions for providing evidence of adequate good standing at the last university attended. command of the English language are: They are required to have an offi cial copy • Persons holding citizenship in English- of the transcript showing the award of the speaking countries. bachelor’s degree sent to the Offi ce of the • Applicants holding citizenship in a coun- Registrar before the end of the fi rst semester try where the English language is offi cial of registration. language, and the means of instruction. • Test results must be sent to New Mexico Credits earned as a non-degree graduate student Highlands University International Educa- will require the same quality and amount of work tion Center before an application is pro- as similar credits earned in advanced standing cessed. Information regarding testing may status, provisional, and regular graduate status. be obtained from TOEFL, Educational Up to 12 semester credits earned as a non-de- Testing Service, CN 6155, Princeton, NJ gree graduate may be applied toward a master’s 08541-6155, USA or http://www.toefl . degree, on the conditions that the student was org. IELTS, information may be obtained eligible for regular status at the time the courses at Cambridge Examinations and IELTS were taken, the courses are acceptable to the dis- International, 1024 West Orange Grove cipline, and the approval of the chief academic Avenue, Arcadia, CA 91006-1923 USA or offi cer, Offi ce of Graduate Studies, is obtained. http://ielts.org. A petition to apply non-degree credits toward a • International students must be admitted degree will be accepted only after the student has formally to the university before the veri- been admitted into a graduate program. fi cations required for the F-1 student visa Non-degree students may not take a gradu- 14 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

ate course unless they would be eligible for • The fi nancial independence requirement. that course as regular or provisional graduate • The written declaration of intent require- students. Non-degree students are not eligible ment. for fi nancial assistance. Students in a licensure • The overt acts requirement. track may be eligible for loans. The spouse and dependent children of a person Tuition and Fees who has moved to New Mexico and has ob- Tuition is a charge that helps to defray the tained permanent full-time employment (suf- costs of the education offered at the univer- fi cient documentation is required) shall not be sity. Fees are added to the basic tuition rate to required to complete the 12-month durational enable the university to offer student-related requirement. services, such as health services, the Student Center, student government, and certain other A person, their spouse, and dependents who student activities. move to New Mexico for retirement purposes and who provide appropriate evidence of Special fees are charged for certain one-time formal retirement shall not be required to com- events in a student’s career at the university, plete the 12-month durational requirement. as required to help meet the special costs associated with those events. Graduate and Other relevant factors may be considered undergraduate tuition rates are determined along with those listed above. by academic classifi cation. NMHU accepts MasterCard, Discover and VISA. A reciprocity agreement between the states of Colorado and New Mexico allows New Mex- Residency ico Highlands University to grant a waiver of Summary of Regulations for New the non-resident portion of tuition charges to Mexico Residency for Tuition Purposes a limited number of students from Colorado. A student who enters and remains in this state Each student requesting such a waiver must principally to obtain an education is presumed complete the proper application and return it to continue to reside outside this state and to the Offi ce of the Registrar as early as pos- such presumption continues in effect until sible. The application must be submitted no rebutted by clear and convincing evidence later than the fi rst day of classes for the fall or of bona fi de residence. A student determined spring semester. to be fi nancially dependent on a parent or guardian also assumes the residency of that All enrolled members of the Navajo Tribe who parent or guardian. The burden of proof is on reside on the Navajo Reservation, as certifi ed the student. The student must secure and fi le by the Navajo Department of Higher Educa- the petition with the appropriate documents of tion, will be assessed in-state tuition rates. evidence in the manner described herein. All Each student requesting such a waiver must documents submitted for this purpose will be complete the proper application and return it kept confi dential. to the registrar’s offi ce. To become a legal resident of New Mexico, According to NMHU’s tuition policy: four requirements must be met. Each person • Students enrolling for six hours or less during must meet the requirements individually: a regular semester will be charged resident tu- • The 12-month consecutive presence ition rates regardless of residency classifi cation. requirement. New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 15

• Students enrolling for the summer ses- Las Vegas Campus sion will be charged resident tuition only, (Rates are subject to change) regardless of residency classifi cation. Resident: Graduate A brochure explaining all requirements 1–11 $ 101.00 per credit hour for establishing New Mexico residency 12–18 $ 1212.00 total and residency petitions is available from 18 + $ 74.00 each the Offi ce of the Registrar. Residency additional hour petitions will be accepted until the fi rst Nonresident: Graduate day of each semester in the Offi ce of the 1–6 $ 101.00 per credit hour* Registrar. For more information, call 505 7-11 $ 427.00 per credit hour 454-3233. 12–18 $5,124.00 total** 18+ $ 400.00 each Semester and Summer Sessions additional hour Tuition and fees are subject to change, the specifi c amounts charged for tuition and fees Distance Education and Internet are listed each semester or summer session in $110.00 per credit hour plus a $10.00 per the published schedule of classes. Students are credit hour fee advised to check the most current schedule. Off-Campus Centers The schedule of classes is also available at (Rates are subject to change) www.nmhu.edu. The following rates are the Resident: 2004-2005 tuition rates. Rates may increase 1–11 $ 120.00 per credit hour upon approval. These fi gures are provided to 12+ $ 1,320.00 help students plan. Nonresident: 1–6 $ 120.00 per credit hour All summer session students are charged 7–11 $ 427.00 per credit hour at the resident tuition rate. Main campus 12+ $ 5,124.00 students pay a tuition-plus-fees amount for 18+ $400.00 per credit hour between one and fi ve credits, a lump sum Audit rates are the same as credit hour amount for between six and nine credits rates.* (based on the six-credit total), and an ad- Part-time non-resident students taking 6 or ditional tuition amount for above nine credits. fewer credits in a semester will be charged Summer tuition rates may refl ect approved resident rates. tuition and fee increases from those of the school year before. Senior citizen rate is $5 per credit hour. To Off-center students follow the schedule for qualify as a senior citizen, the student must off-campus resident. reach the age of sixty fi ve years by the third Friday of classes. Tuition Rates – all rates are subject to change Non-Refundable Special Fees Note: Per-credit-hour tuition rates are higher Application fee (one-time) $15.00 for distance education classes and classes held Matriculation fee (one-time) %5.00 at NMHU’s off-campus centers. This is true Course change fee (after close of late registra- regardless of the number of hours for which tion) $2.00 a student is enrolled, or the fact that a student (No charge for course change if done through may also be enrolled at the Las Vegas campus. web or telephone.) 16 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

Graduation application fee (each degree) at NMHU must re-register. The student will be $30.00 required to make full payment, or must com- Dishonored check fee $25.00 plete fi nancial arrangements for all university Laboratory fees Variable charges incurred, and pay a non-refundable Housing application fee (total fee is $100) re-registration/late registration fee of $25. 25.00 Special exam (test-out) fee, per credit $40.00 Payment Plan/Procedure Career placement fee, per year (renewal only; New Mexico Highlands University Business fi rst year free) $15.00 Offi ce offers students the following payment Teacher preparation fees - options: Student teaching 50.00 1. Students must pay their account in full or Golf 25.00 make adequate fi nancial arrangements. Downhill skiing 171.00 2. Adequate fi nancial arrangement option: Techniques of golf 25.00 Transcript fee 2.00 Full Term semester courses: Transcript – Fax charge 10.00 • 1/3 payment prior to or on the fi rst day of class attendance Special Policies Regarding • 1/3 payment 30 days thereafter Tuition and Fees • 1/3 payment 30 days following 2nd payment Payments and Balances Summer or 8-week courses: Account balances must be paid according to • 1/2 payment prior to or on the fi rst day of the plans listed in the schedule of classes. Stu- class attendance dents with fi nancial assistance should verify • 1/2 payment 30 days thereafter their award prior to the payment deadline. A $25 billing fee will be assessed to the stu- Account balances that are not paid within the dent’s account if the account is not paid in full semester will be sent to a collection agency. by the Friday before the fi rst day of classes. Holds will be placed on the student’s account, restricting transcripts and registration for For more information on payment options, upcoming semesters. contact the Business Offi ce at (505) 454-3008, (505) 454-3444, or (505) 454-3222. You can The Business Offi ce accepts cash, checks, also e-mail [email protected] or write to: money orders, credit cards (MasterCard, Business Offi ce Visa and Discover), wire transfers, fi nancial New Mexico Highlands University aid awards, and written authorizations to bill Rodgers Hall Administration Building external agencies to cover balances. Box 9000 Las Vegas, NM 87701 Disenrollment Policy NMHU students who fail to pay their full- Withdrawal Policies required tuition and fee charges or make Students who offi cially withdraw from the adequate fi nancial arrangements with the Busi- university may be entitled to a tuition refund ness Offi ce on or before their fi rst day of class- according to specifi c dates announced in es will have their registration cancelled and be the schedule of classes for the term. Upon disenrolled from all classes. Students with a completion of the formal withdrawal process, cancelled registration who wish to be enrolled New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 17 a check will be mailed to the student within need. If an applicant is a dependent, parents one month following the complete withdrawal are expected to contribute toward educational from school, if a refund is appropriate. costs according to fi nancial ability. In addition, applicants are expected to contribute from Students who wish to request an exception to their own assets and earnings, including bor- the refund policy must do so in writing at the rowing against future income. Financial need Offi ce of Academic Affairs. is the difference between the cost of attendance at NMHU (including living expenses) Tuition Refund Schedule and the applicant’s expected family contribu- First day of class 100% refund tion (EFC). The aid package cannot exceed 10% point in semester 90% refund fi nancial need. 25% point in semester 50% refund 50% point in semester 25% refund To apply for need-based fi nancial aid: Thereafter No refund 1. Complete all sections of the Free Applica- For more information on withdrawal policies, tion for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). payment options or tuition rates, contact the 2. File the application electronically through Business Offi ce. the Internet using the web address listed on the FAFSA. Financial Aid and Scholarships For maximum fi nancial aid consideration, students should apply before March 1. The Offi ce of Financial Aid NMHU school code is 002653. Offi ce of Financial Aid and Scholarships 3. An applicant transferring into NMHU will Felix Martinez Building, Room 201, 505 454-3318 need to supply a copy of the applicant’s Stu- E-mail: fi [email protected] dent Aid Report (SAR) from the U.S. Depart- ment of Education, if the student has already As part of its mission, New Mexico Highlands applied for Federal Financial Aid. University is committed to ensuring that no student will be denied the opportunity for a It is the applicant’s responsibility to ensure post-secondary education because of limited that the fi nancial aid fi le is complete. The resources. To meet this goal, the New Mexico Offi ce of Financial Aid and Scholarships Highlands University Offi ce of Financial Aid cannot make a fi nancial aid award if a fi le is and Scholarships offers a broad spectrum of incomplete. academic merit scholarships, grants, jobs, and loans to supplement the resources of the After the offi ce has received the processed students who attend NMHU. SAR, the amount of fi nancial aid to be awarded will be determined. This is based on Financial aid at NMHU is divided into three the cost of attending NMHU, which includes categories: tuition and fees, room and board, books and • Grant aid (applicable toward 1st bache- supplies, transportation, and personal ex- lor’s degree only) penses. Child care expenses may be consid- • Self-help aid (employment & loans) ered if the applicant provides the appropriate • Scholarships (merit & need based) documentation (depending on the availability of funds). The Financial Aid Package The Offi ce of Financial Aid and Scholarships To qualify for need-based fi nancial aid awards fi nancial aid according to individual at NMHU, an applicant must: 18 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

1. Demonstrate fi nancial need as determined Maximum Time Frame for Graduate through a processed FAFSA. Students 2. Be a U.S. citizen or an eligible non- Once the maximum hours have been reached, citizen. the result is fi nancial aid ineligibility (suspen- 3. Maintain satisfactory academic progress sion). Students who have reached 125 percent (see below). of their degree requirement will be placed on 4. Be enrolled in a regular degree program a “warning” status. Students must appeal this at NMHU. status and provide the Offi ce of Financial Aid 5. Be enrolled at least half-time for all aid and Scholarships with a current degree check. programs except federal Pell Grant. Examples of MTF calculation: 6. Not be in default on a federal student loan Clinical Psychology = 63 or owe a repayment on a federal grant. M.S.W. = 65 hours x 150% = 98 hours 7. Have a complete Financial Aid File. Counseling = 48 hours x 150% = 72 hours Education Admin = 39 hours x 150% = 59 Students may use their fi nancial aid awards All others = 36 hours x 150% = 54 hours to defer tuition at NMHU Business Offi ce/ Satisfactory Academic Progress Student Accounts, after classes are charged Appeals to their accounts and before the awards are re- The student whose GPA and/or credit hours ceived. A student’s award is subject to change fall below the minimum standard indicated if the student becomes ineligible as a result of above will be notifi ed at the end of the semes- over-award or failure to maintain academic ter. When notifi ed of fi nancial aid suspension, progress. the student may fi le a written appeal with the Satisfactory Academic Progress Offi ce of Financial Aid and Scholarships. Federal Title IV program regulations require Appeal forms are available upon request. If participating institutions to develop proce- mitigating circumstances exist, a fi nancial dures to monitor a student’s progress toward aid administrator or appeal committee may completion of their program of study. The allow a probationary semester with fi nancial following is a summary of the criteria used by aid to make up defi ciencies in GPA and/or the Offi ce of Financial Aid and Scholarships to credit hours and meet the minimum standards. monitor progress: If at the end of the probationary semester the student still does not meet the minimum GPA Requirement for Graduate Stu- requirements, the student may lose his or her dents fi nancial aid and may be required to make up If a minimum of 3.0 Cumulative GPA is not the defi ciencies to regain fi nancial aid eligibil- met, the result is fi nancial aid ineligibility ity. (suspension). Verifi cation Policy Graduate Student Completion Rate NMHU verifi es between thirty (30) and fi fty Hours completed divided by hours attempted (50) percent of all fi nancial aid applicants. If equals completion rate. Less than the percent- you are selected for verifi cation by the U.S. age indicated results in fi nancial aid ineligibil- Department of Education’s federal proces- ity (suspension). Graduate students must com- sor, NMHU will notify you regarding what plete at least 80 percent of attempted hours. documents are required. NMHU will not award any funds until the verifi cation process is complete. New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 19

Financial Aid Appeals Scholarship Cancellation and When notifi ed of academic probation, the Reinstatement student may fi le a written appeal to the Offi ce The time period a scholarship is in effect is of Financial Aid and Scholarships. Financial fi xed. If the scholarship is cancelled due to Aid Appeal Forms are available in the Offi ce academic ineligibility, the originally specifi ed of Financial Aid and Scholarships. time period is not extended. Students who are placed on suspension may appeal for consider- Enrollment Requirements for ation for renewal of the scholarship. A written Financial Aid request must be submitted to the Offi ce of Graduate students must be enrolled for a mini- Financial Aid and Scholarships and Scholar- mum of nine graduate credits each semester to ship Offi ce within 15 days after receiving the be eligible for full fi nancial aid. To avoid loss suspension letter. of fi nancial aid, call the Offi ce of Financial Aid and Scholarships, 505 454-3318, before If you are currently attending NMHU or will dropping classes. attend NMHU on a graduate assistantship for the academic year, you are ineligible to Loan Deferments receive an NMHU Graduate Presidential Students who wish to defer payments on Scholarship. outstanding student loans must fi le student loan deferments for each semester enrolled at Other Programs and Benefi ts NMHU. Contact the Offi ce of Financial Aid and Scholarships for loan deferment proce- Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) dures at 505 454-3318. Each year, the BIA provides grants to assist eligible Native American students in meet- Return of Title IV Funds ing their education costs. The amounts of the Students who withdraw from the university grants vary according to the student’s fi nancial or drop classes during the fi rst eight weeks of need. The funds are available through the the term during the fall or spring semester, or student’s BIA area offi ce or tribal scholarship during the fi rst 60 percent of a summer term, offi ce. Check with the tribal agency to ascer- may be required to repay some or all of their tain program requirements and deadlines. fi nancial aid monies. Amounts are calculated based upon federal formulas to determine the Enrollment Certifi cations amounts that must be returned to each assis- Students are usually required to process an tance program. Information on refund policies enrollment certifi cation to defer payments on can be found in the Other Fees and Refunds an outstanding student loan. The Offi ce of section of the Schedule of Classes published the Registrar certifi es enrollment verifi cation for each term, or call the Offi ce of Financial forms after classes begin. For more informa- Aid and Scholarships for more information. tion, call the Offi ce of the Registrar, 505 454-3233. Summer Sessions Scholarship awards are for the academic year Graduate Assistantships only and may not be used for the summer Graduate assistantships are usually available session. in those disciplines in which graduate degrees are granted and are normally offered only to those applicants possessing superior academic abilities. These assistants generally help with 20 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

classes, laboratory reports, objective exami- only in exceptional cases and with the ap- nations, and other tasks within the academic proval of the discipline, appropriate dean, units. Disciplines may also award teaching and and the chief academic offi cer. Part-time research assistantships. assistants may carry a load proportional to their assistantship responsibilities. Application for an assistantship should be • Full-time graduate assistants, except in made by March preceding the beginning of their last semester of work toward the the academic year in which the assistantship is master’s degree, must take at east six to be held. No assistantship may be awarded credits of graduate work in their degree until the applicant has been accepted into a programs each semester. graduate degree program. • Other activities by graduate assistants that would interfere with the satisfactory Graduate students who hold assistantships and performance of assistantship duties may whose cumulative grade point average falls not be undertaken. While students may below 3.0 at the end of any semester may, with have more than one part-time contract, the advice of the discipline and appropriate such as a part-time departmental graduate dean, have the assistantships revoked by ac- contract, the sum of the contracts and the tion of the chief academic offi cer. work required shall not exceed the equivalent of one full-time graduate assistantship The following are the procedures and policies (20 hours of work per week). governing the selection and employment of • A student who has been admitted to a graduate assistants at New Mexico Highlands graduate program, but has not earned a University: bachelor’s degree prior to his or her fi rst semester of graduate study, may not hold a • In addition to information requested on graduate assistant position. the graduate application, at least two letters of reference are to be submitted on International Students behalf of each applicant. The competitive out-of-state scholarship is available to international graduate students • Assistantships are awarded after the appli- that meet the requirements. For specifi c infor- cants have been admitted into a graduate mation, contact the International Education degree program and have been recom- Center at 505-454-3058. mended by the discipline, the appropriate dean, and the chief academic offi cer. Navajo Residency Teaching assistants must be specifi cally Registered members of the Navajo Tribe who approved by the chief academic offi cer. reside on a Navajo reservation are considered New Mexico residents and eligible for lower • Full-time assistants are expected to in-state tuition. devote approximately 20 hours per week Nonresident Tuition Waiver for Colo- to their duties. Part-time assistants should rado Students devote time proportional to the amount of A reciprocity agreement between the states of their award. Colorado and New Mexico allows NMHU to • Full-time assistants may not carry more grant a waiver of the non-resident portion of than 12 semester credits of course work tuition charges to a limited number of students per semester. Overloads are permitted from Colorado. Each student requesting such a New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 21 waiver must complete an application each se- given at the university, computation of grade mester. The application must be submitted no averages, academic warnings, and honors for later than the fi rst day of the semester and can academic excellence. be obtained from the Offi ce of the Registrar. Students may appeal a fi nal grade by completing and processing a Grade Appeal Form Non-Resident Tuition Waiver for available from the chief academic offi cer. Student Athletes The following grades are given at the univer- New Mexico Senate Bill 81 authorizes sity. As appropriate, they appear on mid-term resident tuition status for athletic scholarship reports, semester or summer term grade recipients. To be eligible the student must be a reports, and transcripts. recruited athlete and must receive an athletic A Excellent scholarship through the Department of Athlet- B Above Average ics. For more information, call the NMHU C Average Department of Athletics, 505 454-3368. D Passing F Failure Veterans Administration Educational Benefi ts AU Audit. (No credit is given for the course, Several programs are available for veterans but attendance is required in at least 70 pursuing a post-secondary education. Call the percent of the scheduled class sessions.) Offi ce of the Registrar for details, 505 454- S Satisfactory. (Used for profi ciency courses 3424. and some developmental courses, some practicum courses, institutes, workshops, Vocational Rehabilitation and the completed thesis or fi eld proj- Through the New Mexico Division of Voca- ect. Indicates satisfactory completion of tional Rehabilitation, the state and federal gov- course requirements.) ernments offer tuition assistance to students R Repeat. (Used exclusively for develop- with disabilities. Other assistance may be mental and profi ciency courses. Indicates given to those students who are fi nancially un- that course requirements have not been able to provide services themselves. Students satisfi ed and that the course must be wishing to apply for this assistance should repeated to satisfy the profi ciency require- contact the New Mexico Vocational Rehabili- ment.) tation Offi ce. PR Progress. (Used only for thesis, fi eld project, senior readings, some practicum Workforce Investment Act courses, and as a mid-term grade for (formerly JTPA) graduate seminar courses.) Indicates that Through the New Mexico Department of acceptable progress has been made. To Labor, the state and federal governments offer receive a permanent grade of “S,” the assistance with tuition, books and supplies, student re-registers for the course until the transportation, and child care for those who course requirements are completed. qualify. For more information and the applica- NP No Progress. Used for thesis, fi eld project, tion process, contact the New Mexico Depart- senior readings, some practicum courses, ment of Labor. and as a mid-term grade for graduate seminar courses to indicate that acceptable GENERAL ACADEMIC progress has not been made. POLICIES I Incomplete. Given at the discretion of the course instructor only when circumstances Grades and Grading Policies beyond the student’s control prevent com- This section states policies regarding grades 22 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

pletion of course requirements within the will be used in the calculation of the cumula- established time. The student requests an tive grade point average. “I” in lieu of a fi nal course grade from the Course Repeat Forms are available in the instructor, whose approval is required. The Offi ce of the Registrar and must be completed instructor reports the “I” and fi les a form by students who are repeating a course. The with the registrar’s offi ce documenting student’s transcript will be coded to refl ect that the work requiring completion and other the course was repeated, and cumulative grade conditions. An Incomplete not completed point average will be adjusted. within one calendar year automatically becomes an “F” for both undergraduate Mid-Term Grades and graduate students. (The instructor has The faculty submits mid-term grades for each the option of setting a terminal date of less student in each class to the registrar’s offi ce in than one year.) Students should not re- the fall and spring semesters, according to the register for a course in which they have an schedule announced in the schedule of classes. “I”; if they do so, the “I” will become an (No mid-term grades are submitted for short “F” at the time when a grade is awarded in term courses.) These grades are displayed for the re-registered course. viewing by the student on the NMHU secured CR Credit. Used in acceptance of transfer web site, www.nmhu.edu. These reports serve courses. to inform students and advisors of a student’s progress, so that any problems in class per- Grade Point Average formance may be addressed. If discrepancies Following are the allowable grades and associ- occur at this time in the student’s schedule of ated grade points: classes, the student should proceed imme- A = 4.00 diately to the registrar’s offi ce to correct the B = 3.00 schedule. Mid-term grades do not appear on C = 2.00 transcripts and are not kept as a permanent D = 1.00 record. F = 0.00 The sum of the earned honor points is divided Honors List by the number of credits to calculate the Graduate students who, in a semester, earn grade point average (GPA). The following is a a grade point average of at least 3.85, with sample calculation: no incomplete grades included, and nine (9) A student earns the following grades in fi ve graded hours are recognized by the chief aca- classes during a certain semester: demic offi cer, on a published list, and receive 4 hrs. A = 16.0 pts. a certifi cate of recognition. 6 hrs. B = 18.0 pts. 3 hrs. C = 6.0 pts. Honors are awarded in summer terms for the 2 hrs. D = 2.0 pts. same levels of performance, except students 15 hrs.= 42.0 pts. total must complete at least six credits. 42.0 pts. ÷15 hrs.= 2.80 grade point average. GPA requirements are stated in subsequent Satisfactory Academic Progress sections. Students who maintain the minimum academic standards shown in the scale below will be Repetition of a Course considered in good academic standing and will A student may repeat any course, but will re- be considered to have demonstrated satisfactory ceive credit only once, unless otherwise noted academic progress. Students must show evidence in this catalog. The most recent grade received of satisfactory progress toward a college degree New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 23 to avoid academic probation and dismissal, and Academic Dishonesty to continue to be eligible for fi nancial aid through A student guilty of academic dishonesty most fi nancial aid programs. is subject to one or more of the following consequences: an automatic failing grade in Cumulative Credit Hours Graded the course where such dishonesty occurred; in- Required Grade Point Average (GPA) defi nite suspension; or permanent suspension 1 – 9 graduate credits graded (expulsion). An elaboration of what constitutes 2.75 cumulative GPA academic dishonesty is found in the Policy on 9 or more graduate credits graded Academic Integrity, available in the Offi ce of 3.0 cumulative GPA Academic Affairs.

Academic Dismissal New Mexico Highlands University re- Academic dismissal is issued to students who serves the right to change its instructional do not meet the required GPA after being programs at any time. The provisions of on academic probation for two consecutive this catalog are not to be regarded as an ir- semesters. Dismissals will be for one calendar revocable contract between the student and year from the posting of semester grades. The New Mexico Highlands University. Offi ce of Graduate Studies will notify students of their academic dismissal immediately after Class Attendance semester grades are posted. To appeal one Instructors may not permit students to or more grades, the student must complete a attend classes without being registered for Grade Appeal Form available in the Offi ce of them. Students whose names do not appear Academic Affairs and the Offi ce of Graduate on class rosters are to be referred to the Of- Studies. fi ce of the Registrar to resolve the matter.

Students may also appeal the dismissal itself Students are expected to attend all class meet- to the Academic Affairs Graduate Subcom- ings. Those who are absent because of circum- mittee within 30 days of the beginning of the stances beyond their control may be required semester when the dismissal begins. If the ap- to make up work that was missed during the peal is approved, the dismissal may be waived period of absence. Excessive absences may be or shortened to one semester. expected to affect a student’s grade adversely or may result in an “F”. Instructors should During the period of dismissal, students may make the policies on attendance in each class not register for classes, live in student housing available in writing to students. or participate in student activities at NMHU. No credit will be granted for courses taken If a student’s conduct in class interferes with at other institutions while under dismissal at others, is disruptive to teaching, or is contrary NMHU. After a dismissal, a student must peti- to the established class practices, the instructor tion for readmission in the Ofﬁ ce of Graduate may ask the student to leave the class. Studies. Scheduled Class Meetings Students suspended or dismissed from another No change in the scheduled class days and institution are not eligible to enroll at NMHU hours may be made without the approval of until they have served the suspension or dis- the chief academic ofﬁ cer, and the registrar, missal period of that institution. even though all students in the class concur with the change. Any temporary departure 24 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

from the schedule is to be prearranged through member on a topic agreed upon between the chief academic offi cer. them. The faculty member’s permission is required at the time of registration for the Room changes may be made by instructors course. A form describing each independent only through the registrar and the college/ study course is approved by the dean of the school dean. Instructors are not to change college/school in which the course is offered rooms without this approval. Classes are not to and fi led with the registrar. The university of- be transferred to private facilities. fers graduate independent study and research courses under the numbers 590, 592, 690, and Students are not to register for classes that 692. These are “variable-credit” courses that are scheduled to meet in overlapping times or offer students and faculty supervisors a choice days. in the extent of the project and the correspond- ing amount of time to be spent and academic Final Examinations credit to be earned. The schedule of fi nal examinations is given in the schedule of classes for each term. The Policies on graduate independent study/re- exam schedule is also noted at our web site: search are stated in the Graduate Policies and www.nmhu.edu. The fi nal examination period Degree Requirements section of this catalog. for each class is a part of the semester’s instructional time and is to be used by the Practicum, Internship, Thesis, and Field instructor of the course. Project Courses These titles are used for courses that students Any departures from the scheduled time or undertake under the joint supervision of a day for a fi nal examination must be approved work-supervisor and a university faculty mem- in advance by the chief academic offi cer. ber, either at an on or off campus site. Often Faculty members are not to adjust the schedule they are offered with a “variable-credit” option on their own initiative, even though all of the that allows students a choice in the extent of students in the class concur with the change. the work and thus in the amount of academic If a student would experience a great personal credit to be earned. hardship through attendance at a regularly scheduled fi nal examination, the instructor of Registration in these courses requires permis- the course may agree to give an incomplete or sion of the faculty member who will serve as to give an individual early examination. faculty course supervisor.

If a student fails to take a ﬁ nal examination, Testing Out of Classes by Special the instructor will decide whether the grade for Examination the course will be an “F” or an “Incomplete”. The following regulations apply to the testing- Each case should be decided on its merit. out procedure at the university. Permission to Circumstances beyond the student’s control undertake the special examination is requested should result in the incomplete grade. on a form that is available in the Ofﬁ ce of the Registrar. The request must be approved Independent Study, Independent Re- before the special examination can be given. search, or Directed Study Classes Applicants for special examination must meet Independent study, independent research, and the conditions stated in “A” and “B” below: directed study courses are for individual work A. A student is eligible to apply for special by a student under supervision of a faculty New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 25

examination to test out of a class offered at STUDENT RECORDS the university if the student meets one of (Access to and Confi dentiality) the following conditions: Under the Family Rights and Privacy Act of 1. A course has been taken with similar 1974 (FERPA) New Mexico Highlands Uni- content, but credit has not been received versity Students have the following rights in for reasons other than failure. regards to your educational records: 2. There has been private tutoring, as in 1. The right to inspect and review their educa- private instruction in music. tion records within a reasonable time, not 3. The student has had successful work ex- to exceed 45 days, upon making an offi cial perience involving extensive preparation request and obtaining an appointment to do so. in the fi eld. 2. The student may challenge inaccuracies 4. The student has produced a work of rec- or misleading statements contained in their ognized merit or presents other evidence educational records. Challenges must be made of mastery in the fi eld. in writing and forwarded to the registrar. B. A student eligible under “A” above must 3. The right to consent to disclosure of also: personally identifi able information contained 1. Have been a resident student at this in the student’s education records, except university for at least one semester. to the extend that FERPA authorizes excep- 2. Have at least a 3.0 grade point average tions without consent. Exceptions are school in the fi eld and at least a 2.0 grade point offi cial with a legitimate educational interest, average in all previous university work. compliance with judicial order or lawfully 3. Limit the total number of requests for issued subpoena, offi cials for audit or evalua- special examination to six credits. (Excep- tion purposes, in an emergency involving the tions to this limit must be approved by the health or safety of a student or other person chief academic offi cer.) and directory information. 4. Obtain approval of the course instruc- 4. The right to fi le a compliant with the U.S. tor, the dean of the college/school in Department of Education concerning alleged which the course is offered, and the chief failures by the University to comply with the academic offi cer. requirements of FERPA. Complaints may be 5. Pay a fee of $40 per credit hour for each forwarded to: special examination. Examination questions and the completed Family Policy Compliance Offi ce examination paper are to be fi led in the Offi ce U.S. Department of Education of the Registrar. 400 Maryland Ave, SW Washington, DC 20202-4605 Credit for Military Education The university grants credit for military educa- Directory information at New Mexico High- tion or service schools on recommendation lands is student’s name, address information, of the American Council on Education’s pub- e-mail address, telephone listing, fi eld of lication Guide to Evaluation of Educational study, class standing, dates of attendance, Experience in the Armed Services. Air Force honors and degrees awarded, full-time or veterans should provide an academic transcript part-time status, date and place of birth, home from the Community College of the Air Force. town, previous school attended, participation in offi cially recognized activities and sports, and height and weight of athletic team mem- 26 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

bers. Directory information may be pub- Records in the Offi ce of the Registrar, 505 lished or released unless the student has re- 454-3455, for more information.) quested in writing that directory information Transcripts from other institutions sent to be withheld. Written requests from student to NMHU for purposes of university admis- have directory information withheld must be sion are not copied or returned to the forwarded to the registrar’s offi ce by the last student. day of registration and will be maintained for the remainder of the academic year. Transcript Holds Transcripts will not be released to the student Change of Name or to any other person or institution until all Students who need to process a change of the student’s outstanding obligations to the name for their academic records must bring university have been paid or satisfactory ar- appropriate documentation (at least two types rangements have been made. These obliga- of identifi cation showing the new name) to tions include, but are not limited to loans, such the Offi ce of the Registrar. Examples of such as the New Mexico Student Loan Program, documentation include marriage certifi cate, tuition and fees, and other charges. All fi nan- birth certifi cate or court order for legal name cial arrangements are handled in the Business change. For more information, call the Offi ce Offi ce, not the Student Records Offi ce. of the Registrar, 505 454-3233. Right to Petition for Hardship Transcripts Students are entitled to petition for relief of Student Records issues both offi cial and an unfair academic hardship brought about by unoffi cial copies of NMHU student academic any regulation of the university, when war- records. A student may request a transcript ranted by special circumstances. of his or her academic record, which will be issued in accordance with the student’s wishes Academic Petitions Procedures subject to transcript policies. A fee is charged 1. Student must submit academic petition to for all transcripts; however, an enrolled stu- the Offi ce of Academic Affairs. All petitions dent is entitled to one free unoffi cial transcript must be typed. per semester. The cost to fax a transcript is 2. The Offi ce of Academic Affairs is respon- $10, paid in advance. sible for obtaining all needed signatures, such as the Department Chair and Dean/Director To request a transcript, send a letter to Student signatures. Records, NMHU Offi ce of the Registrar, 3. Petitions are sent via university mail by the Box 9000, Las Vegas, NM, 87701, or fax a Offi ce of Academic Affairs to the members of signed request to 505 454-3552. Include name the appropriate sub-committee of the Aca- (include other names that may appear on demic Affairs Committee: records), Social Security number (student ID a. All undergraduate petitions are number), date of birth, approximate semester sent to the members of the Undergraduate last attended, complete address where to send Sub-Committee. transcript, and current address. The student’s b. All graduate petitions are sent to signature is required to authorize the tran- the members of the Graduate Sub-Committee. script’s release. Students may also request an 4. Members of the sub-committee should offi cial transcript on-line through our secure respond in one week to the petition. The bal- website, www.nmhu.edu. (Contact Student lot and all materials must be sent back to the New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 27

Offi ce of Academic Affairs. The Provost is re- Graduation sponsible for tallying the votes and informing Students must apply for graduation by fi lling out a the student of the decision of the committee. form available in the registrar’s offi ce. A one-time, 5. If a student’s appeal is denied, the student non-refundable graduation fee is charged for each should be informed that they may make a degree. Graduation is subject to completion of all personal appeal to the sub-committee. The requirements, and students are reminded of the student may bring witnesses to the hearing. importance of the fi nal degree check. No witnesses may speak, unless a member of the sub-committee asks them questions. At Commencement the hearing, the student will be asked to pres- Commencement is held once a year at the end ent evidence to support the petition. of the spring semester. To attend commence- a. It is the responsibility of the chair ment, a student must complete all degree of the sub-committee to invite witnesses which requirements by the end of the spring semester may be needed to refute the academic petition. or summer session. In the case of a grade appeal, the instructor, department chair, and dean may be invited Posting of the Degree to the hearing by the sub-committee. The degree earned will be recorded on the b. During the hearing, witnesses are student’s transcript at the end of the semester heard by the sub-committee, one at a time. Al during which all requirements are completed, witnesses should remain outside of the hearing after the grades have been received by the until called. Registrar. 6. After the presentations, the members of the subcommittee vote on accepting or denying GRADUATE POLICIES AND the petition. This information must be sent to DEGREE REQUIREMENTS the Offi ce of Academic Affairs. The Provost Graduate programs are administered by the is responsible for informing the student of the offi ces of the dean of the College of Arts and decision by the committee. This is the last Sciences and by the dean of the College of step of the petition process, as long as proper Professional Studies through the Offi ce of procedures have been followed. Graduate Studies. 7. The Full Committee of the Academic Affairs Committee will not hear academic Graduate students will fi nd program require- petitions, unless a violation of procedures has ments for each graduate degree under the occurred. In the case of procedural violations, appropriate college/school listings in this cata- the petitions should be brought to the Full log. Considerations from those sections and Committee for consideration. from the university’s general academic regulations, together with these regulations and Catalog of Record requirements, should be followed carefully. The student is responsible for knowing the Graduate courses are offered in some dis- rules and regulations concerning graduation ciplines, which do not offer a degree, that requirements and for acquiring the courses may be used for certifi cation requirements or necessary to meet them. For specifi c require- simply to increase knowledge in a particular ments, see appropriate discipline program subject. requirements. It is the responsibility of each student to know and to meet the various deadlines and requirements. 28 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

Graduate Degree Programs propriate graduate program coordinator/dean, Graduate degrees offered at the university are the and the chief academic offi cer must include Master of Arts, Master of Science, Master of Social the following: Work, and Master of Business Administration. • A total of at least 32 semester credits of Specifi c program descriptions and course listings 500- or 600-level courses of which at least are given in the section “Academic Programs and 15 credits are at the 600 level. None of the Courses.” course work may have been used for another degree, nor may a 500-level course Performance of Graduate Students be used for credit if the 400-level counter- Probation/Suspension part has been used for a bachelor’s degree. Graduate students must maintain high quality A course already taken may not be retaken in their course work. Students must have a for credit merely because the course grade point average of at least 3.0 in the grad- number, title, level, instructor, textbook, uate courses listed on the program of study to or offering has changed. A course already receive a master’s degree. Failure to maintain taken may not be repeated as independent a satisfactory average will result in probation study. or suspension. No course in which a grade • No more than one quarter of the total below “C” is earned will be given graduate credits in the student’s approved gradu- credit, but it will be counted in determining ate program may be in thesis or fi eld the grade point average. project, independent research, independent study, directed study, or any combination Any student whose grade point average in thereof. graduate work falls below 3.0 in any semester • Failure to fi le a proposed program of study will be placed on probation. Other conditions during the fi rst term may result in a delay for probation may be established. Any student of registration in the next term. whose cumulative grade point average falls The following policies apply to transfer, work- below 2.4 may be suspended. A student on shop, and institute credits: graduate academic probation for two consecu- • A student may transfer up to six semester tive semesters may be suspended. Other condi- credits from another accredited institution, tions for suspension may be established. After provided that the hours were earned at one year, suspended graduate students may that institution with “B” or higher grades, apply to the Academic Affairs Committee for they were not used for another degree, readmission. were completed within the specifi ed time limitations, and were earned in courses Approved Program of Study acceptable for a graduate degree at the An approved program of study must be fi led institution where they were earned. during the fi rst semester in which a student • Acceptability of transfer credits will be is enrolled in regular status. (A sample ap- determined by the appropriate discipline, proved Recommended Curriculum or Plan of the concerned dean, and the chief academ- Study may be available from the appropriate ic offi cer. The request for transfer of credit college/school and/or department.) A student must be submitted on a special application will not be considered a candidate for a degree provided for this purpose (in addition to until the program of study has been submitted listing the hours on the program of study). and formally approved. The program of study, These transfer credits will not be used in signed by the student, the advisor, the ap- computing grade point averages to deter- New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 29

mine probation or eligibility for assistant- Special Examination section of this catalog or ships and graduation. retaking the outdated classes. • The fi nal eight semester credits (not including independent study or research) If a student, whose course work exceeds six will be in courses offered in residence by years, remains continuously enrolled for one New Mexico Highlands University. hour of Thesis, Field Project, or designated • No workshops or institute credits may be exit document class, will not be required to used toward a master’s degree. (They may pay the test-out fee to establish currency. be used for teacher licensure or endorse- ments.) The process of testing for currency will be Upon approval of the program of study, the the same as that for courses that are over fi ve graduate student will be admitted to candi- years, but less than six years old. If the student dacy. Notifi cation of the approval will be sent breaks the cycle of enrollment, then the fee to the student, along with a list of courses requirement to test current will become effec- and requirements to be completed before the tive immediately. degree can be awarded. These requirements may be altered with the formal approval of the If all course work, except for Thesis, Field student, the advisor, the concerned dean, and Project, etc., is over six years old, the program the chief academic offi cer. may develop a comprehensive examination instead of a per-course exam to test the student. Time Limitations The fee for this examination will not exceed All work applied to a graduate degree must be $1,200. completed within fi ve calendar years from the end of the semester in which the program was Graduate Oral Examination begun. Work accepted for transfer from other The master’s degree will be awarded at the institutions must have been completed within fi rst commencement following the satisfactory this same time period. completion of an approved program of study and an oral comprehensive examination. Re- Students who, for reasons beyond their con- quests for the oral examination shall be made trol, are unable to complete the work within on the form available in the Offi ce of Graduate the prescribed time may petition the Academic Studies. Requests should not be submitted to Affairs Committee for an extension of one the Offi ce of Graduate Studies until the time, year, giving good and valid reasons for the date, and examining committee members have delay. The discipline and the dean concerned been established. Requests must be received should be requested to make a recommenda- two weeks prior to the scheduled date of tion as to the currentness of the course content examination. in question. If approved, the student will be required to update the work by assigned read- To be acceptable, a comprehensive examina- ings and possibly by the preparation of a paper tion must be conducted by a committee of for each outdated course. at least three members, two of whom must represent the fi eld of the student’s program or Any additional extension of time will require concentration area and one from a different a testing-out examination on all outdated work content discipline. The committee must be as stated in the Testing-Out of Classes by chaired by a member of the graduate faculty, and a fourth member may be a person with 30 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

expertise in the student’s fi eld but does not Thesis, Field Project, and Professional need to be a member of the faculty. The fourth Paper (optional) member will be a voting member. The thesis, fi eld project, or professional paper If a student’s chairperson retires before the is to be presented in proper form to the ap- student has defended his/her thesis, the retired propriate offi ce before the end of the semester faculty member may continue to serve as the in which the degree is to be awarded. A fee of chairperson for up to 12 months after the of- $13.00 is charged for the library binding. (See fi cial date of retirement. the Thesis Information Sheet available at the library or at the Offi ce of Graduate Studies.) The comprehensive exam should: 1) test the candidate’s ability to integrate and present A committee of at least three members, must knowledge from a broad fi eld of study; 2) read and approve the thesis, fi eld project, or include a defense of the thesis, fi eld project, professional paper before it will be accepted. or publishable papers; and 3) be of suffi cient The committee is the same as the oral exami- duration to permit coverage of the fi eld in nation committee. substantial depth. The thesis, fi eld project, or professional paper The committee conducting the oral examination is to be defended in the oral examination. A may pass the candidate, fail the candidate, or re- draft of the paper(s) must be in the hands of quire that the candidate give further evidence of the committee members at least one week preparation by taking a written or oral examina- before the oral examination. The student must tion on all or any part of the matter covered. acquire the signature of the chief academic offi cer before submitting the thesis or publish- Oral examinations may be held in the last able papers to the library. The fi eld project semester in which course work is taken. All must acquire the signature of the appropriate “Incompletes” for courses in the candidate’s dean. The fi eld project or professional paper program of study must be eliminated before an must meet the same internal review expected oral examination is scheduled. of thesis.

At the conclusion of the examination, each The thesis, fi eld project, or professional member of the approved committee, including paper is to be a report of an independent and the chair, will cast one vote on the candidate’s original investigation done under the supervi- performance. The committee’s ruling will be de- sion of a member of the graduate faculty with termined by a majority vote. In the event of a tie, the advice and cooperation of the committee the candidate will have neither passed nor failed, members and other graduate faculty. It is ex- and a second examination will be scheduled. pected that editorial advice will be given to the student by the graduate faculty supervisor and Students should make an appointment with the committee members and that the student will registrar for a degree check prior to the start of rewrite the paper until it is worthy of being a the semester in which they expect to complete part of the permanent library collection. the requirements for the degree. Only under exceptional circumstances, and with approval The usual letter grades are not given for Thesis of the Academic Affairs Committee, or the (699) or Field Project (697). A completed chief academic offi cer may an off-campus oral thesis or fi eld project will receive either an “S” examination be administered. (satisfactory) or an “F” (fail). Students who do New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 31 not complete a thesis or fi eld project during appropriate, and the presentation of results and the semester for which they register will be conclusions in a scholarly fashion. given the grade of “PR” (progress) or “NP” Secondary sources, textbooks, and reference (no progress). “PR” grades will be changed to works should not be the sole basis for the “S” upon successful completion of the thesis project. The results or conclusions may be or fi eld project. presented orally in a seminar situation, by performance or exhibit, or in a written paper. Until the program is completed, students are to enroll for at least one credit hour of thesis, Students will not be permitted to register for fi eld project, or designated course in each independent study or research courses until semester in which work on the program is they have had adequate preparation in the performed. particular area to be studied. A student planning to register in either independent study or A professional paper must conform to the research should consult with the prospective manuscript style and format dictated by the faculty supervisor well in advance of registra- appropriate discipline. Content of the paper tion in order to delineate the problem to be will be evaluated by the chair and other mem- covered. The supervisor and student should bers of the student’s oral examination commit- work together, especially in the planning tee. The student will have met the professional stages, so that the design of the problem is paper option upon completion of the internal within the time and credit limitations. For each review process. Binding and acceptance of the semester hour of credit, the student should papers may occur after approval by the dean expect to spend at least four hours of work and the chief academic offi cer. per week. The supervisor and student should schedule regular appointments, preferably At the end of the fi ve-year limitation allowed once a week, with each student. by university policy for completion of a master’s degree, the student’s graduate program, The student must present to the supervisor an including thesis or fi eld project work, will be outline of the independent study or research automatically terminated unless an extension problem, together with a description of meth- has been approved by the Academic Affairs ods and literature sources. This report must be Committee. sent to the concerned dean for approval and transmission to the registrar through the Offi ce Independent Study, Independent of Graduate Studies before the student may Research, and Directed Study register for such a class. The project should be Special course designations are used to allow given a short title that can be entered on the credit for independent study, independent transcript when the grade is given. research, and directed study. No more than one quarter of the total credits in The content of independent study or research the student’s approved graduate program may may not be the same as the content of regu- be in thesis or fi eld project, independent study, larly offered courses. Included in such work independent research, directed study, or any must be an examination of primary sources combination thereof. to the greatest extent possible, the conducting of original experiments where appropriate, the creation of original artistic works when 32 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

New Mexico Highlands University re- Registration for Graduate Courses serves the right to change its instructional All students registering for graduate work must programs at any time. The provisions of hold advanced-standing, provisional, regular, or this catalog are not to be regarded as an ir- non-degree graduate student status. A regular, revocable contract between the student and provisional, or advanced-standing graduate student New Mexico Highlands University. is classifi ed as holding degree-seeking status. Each student’s selection of courses is subject REGISTRATION to approval by the assigned academic advisor and the dean in the student’s major fi eld. Rodgers Administration Bldg, Room 201 Requests for any exceptions to university Las Vegas, NM 87701 academic regulations are then reviewed by 505 454-3233 the Offi ce of Graduate Studies for compliance FAX: 505 454-3552 with general university requirements. Stu- E-mail: [email protected] dents’ course selections are subject to review, and a student may be withdrawn from a class Registration Periods if enrollment in it violates an academic regula- Registration periods are announced for the fall tion of the university (such as those regulating and spring semesters and the summer session course levels and maximum loads). each year. The specifi c dates, locations, and procedures are stated in the schedule of classes Nine graduate hours of credit constitute a full for each semester or session. The schedule of load for graduate students, the maximum load classes may be obtained from the Offi ce of per semester for full-time graduate students the Registrar or the web site: www.nmhu.edu. is 16 semester hours. For students with full Students should receive academic advising graduate assistantships, the maximum load is before signing up for classes. 12 hours. A maximum of six hours is recommended for persons in full-time employment. Continuous registration process begins on Overloads will be allowed only in exceptional the date noted in the schedule of classes and cases of demonstrated superior performance continues through the Friday before late and must be approved by the advisor or dean registration. and by the chief academic offi cer. An absolute maximum course load is 20 hours of credit in Internet registration is available through a a semester. secure area on the web at www.nmhu.edu. For additional information or assistance, call A full-time graduate student is advised against 505 454-3438. employment for more than 20 hours per week, including graduate assistantship service Late registration extends from the fi rst day of requirements. classes through the Friday of the second week of classes in the fall or spring semester and the Graduate students may register for no more fi rst week of classes in summer sessions. Dur- than nine semester hours of credit during the ing late registration, the selection of classes summer session, the recommended maximum may be limited, because many classes will load is six semester credits. Summer session already be closed. For specifi c semester dates, students with six or more credits are identifi ed refer to the appropriate schedule of classes. as full-time students. New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 33

Students may not enroll in graduate courses in the Offi ce of the Registrar between 8 a.m. defi ciency areas until appropriate prerequisites are and 5 p.m. on weekdays. (Note: There is no completed. If a recommended prerequisite is at the $2 charge for adding and withdrawing from 400-500 levels, the student may be permitted to classes through web procedures.) See the take the 500-level offering, but the course will be schedule of classes for additional information. required in addition to the minimum 32 credit hours needed for the master’s degree. Adding and Dropping Classes The fi rst two weeks of the semester and the Course Numbers and Levels fi rst week of a summer session constitute the Graduate Division late registration period. During this period, Courses numbered from 500 through 599 are students may add classes to their schedule, for graduate students, although undergraduate either in substitution for a class or classes students may be enrolled in the same course being dropped or as an increase in the number under a 400 number. In this case, the graduate of classes. The total number of credits allowed students in 500-level courses will be required is subject to limits stated elsewhere in this to demonstrate graduate level profi ciency in section. the work. Courses numbered 600 or above are only for graduate students. During the same late registration period, students may drop classes. Tuition charges will Auditing a Class or Classes be adjusted, and the course will not appear on Auditing students attend a class but do not re- the student’s transcript. ceive credit for it. Audited classes do not count toward any graduation requirements of the After the late registration period, students may university and are recorded with an “AU” on withdraw from classes but may no longer add the student’s transcript, subject to attendance new classes or substitute different classes. at a minimum of 70 percent of the scheduled Withdrawal from classes is allowed through class sessions. the tenth week of the semester. Refer to the schedule of classes for the last day to with- Students who wish to audit must request this draw from summer term. The course(s) will status at the time of registering for the class remain on the student’s transcript, recorded or through an offi cial change to the approved with a grade of “W”. In addition, students will schedule of classes. Changes from audit to be required to pay tuition charges and fees on credit or credit to audit may only be made dur- any classes in which they are enrolled after the ing the fi rst eight weeks of a semester or the end of the late registration period, even though fi rst four weeks of a summer session, with in- they subsequently withdrew. (The late registra- structor approval. Any changes made after the tion period is defi ned above.) deadline will require approval from the chief academic offi cer. The deadline for changing Any courses added to a student’s original the credit/audit status of courses is stated in schedule of classes throughout the semester, the schedule of classes for each term. may result in overload tuition charges.

Changes to the Approved Schedule of Instructors do not drop or withdraw students Classes from classes. It is the student’s responsibil- Changes to a student’s approved schedule of ity to do so. Students who wish to drop or classes may be made through the web or in withdraw from all their classes must complete 34 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

the procedure for withdrawing from school. are given for each discipline unit, followed by Students who remain enrolled in a class after course listings. the deadline to withdraw will receive a grade (other than a “W”) in the class. Symbols and Abbreviations in Course Listings Withdrawing from School Courses are listed by course number followed If a student wishes to do a complete withdraw by course title. Courses offered concurrently from school, the student must do so offi cially at more than one level are listed with a split through the Offi ce of the Registrar. (Students number (for example, 534-634). who fi nd themselves unable to appear personally must contact the Registrar by phone or The number in parentheses following the title letter to request assistance in completing the indicates the number of credits for that course. process of withdrawing.) The last day to with- When a range of credits is given, the specifi c draw from classes is subject to change and is number of credits within that range is deter- refl ected in yearly academic calendars as well mined either when the course is scheduled as published in the schedule of classes. or, for variable-credit courses (identifi ed as “VC”), when each student selects an indi- A schedule of deadlines for full or partial vidually approved number of credits. When refund of tuition is published in each semester no numbers follow this number, the course’s or summer term schedule of classes. The re- contact hours per week match the number of fund policy is stated under the section Special course credit hours (with one hour comprising Policies Regarding Tuition and Fees in this 50 minutes of meeting time). catalog. When present, the fi gures following the If withdrawal from school occurs within the number of credits indicate a number of contact late registration period, no courses will appear hours per week different from the number on the transcript for that term. If withdrawal of credit hours. The fi rst number indicates occurs after the late registration period, grades lecture contact hours, and the second number of “W” are entered for the classes. Students indicates lab or studio contact hours; their sum who leave school without completing an equals the total contact time. offi cial withdrawal from school will receive grades of “F” for that term. The last day to Any specifi c prerequisites or co-requisites withdraw from school coincides with the last are stated at the end of the course description. day to withdraw from class. These are enforced by academic program advisors and by the faculty member teaching Academic Programs & Courses the course in question. In cases where specifi c The academic program at NMHU is adminis- course prerequisites are not stated, assumption tered through one college and three schools. of ability to perform at the appropriate level in Students and any others who need assistance that discipline is still made. or information about academic programs should contact the offi ce of the dean of the appropriate academic unit. In this section of the catalog, the academic program is presented by discipline within each college/school. Program descriptions and instructional requirements New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 35

COLLEGE OF perlative scholarly habits to give our students ARTS AND SCIENCES a model to which to aspire; and to share our knowledge and the fruits of our labors with Dr. C.G. “Tino” Mendez, Dean the scholarly community, our students, and the Douglas Hall, Room 242 general public. 505 454-3273 FAX: 505 454-3389 The college’s public service commitment Mission of the College of Arts signifi es that in all of our scholastic endeav- and Sciences ors, we will remember the purpose of our The mission of the College of Arts and Sci- activities is to benefi t the individual members ences at New Mexico Highlands University of the region, state and world communities. is to provide the highest quality undergradu- Furthermore, recognizing that its involvement ate and graduate programs in the humanities extends beyond the confi nes of the university, and fi ne arts, life sciences, physical sciences, to confront perforce the urgent problems pre- computer sciences and mathematics, engineer- sented by geographical, political, racial, and ing, and social sciences. In addition to serving gender boundaries, the college undertakes to the needs of its majors and minors in these work with an eye to resolution of problems in disciplines, the college undertakes to instruct today’s complex and changing world by serv- courses in the core curriculum as part of the ing disinterestedly the global community. university’s mission to provide a well-rounded education for all of its students.

Recognizing the integral relationship between teaching, research, and public service, the mission of the college is to excel in all three areas. Embracing the vision of the strategic plan, New Mexico Highlands University will stand out as the ﬂ agship school for education, serving students from all walks of life.

The goals of teaching in the college encom- pass not only imparting to its students the knowledge, verbal and cognitive skills, and values and attitudes that comprise the basis of a liberal education, but also instilling in them the ability and desire to think and work independently and creatively; to appreciate learning for its own sake; and to recognize the lifelong beneﬁ ts of a commitment to truth and excellence.

The purpose of research in the college is to amend and extend the bases of knowledge and create activity; to renew and enrich our teaching resources; exemplify in our own work su- 36 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

DEPARTMENT OF ethnographic, social and psychobiological BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES research, and clinical practicum. Each student has the opportunity to conduct research in Dr. Tom Ward, Department Chair three well-equipped discipline facilities: Hewett Hall, Room 210 505 454-3196 psychobiology lab, Gabino Rendon Sociocul- FAX: 505 454-3331 tural Research Center, and anthropology lab. E-MAIL: [email protected] Studies of human behavior emphasize fi eld data and computer applications for analysis The department offers undergraduate and and interpretation. graduate programs in psychology, sociology, and anthropology, and criminal justice at The department provides computer laborato- Farmington Center only. ries for student use. Students have access to word processing, spreadsheets, and statistical Mission of the Department of Behav- packages as well as the Internet. ioral Sciences The mission of the Department of Behav- Student professional societies and organiza- ioral Sciences is to contribute to meeting the tions, such as Psi Chi, and the Sociology and educational and research needs in psychol- Anthropology Club, provide opportunities for ogy, sociology, anthropology, and the related student participation and program enrichment fi elds; contribute to meeting the career needs beyond the classroom. in psychological and social services and social sciences, as well as contribute to training for Anthropology careers in education, engineering, physical The graduate program in anthropology is and biological sciences, medicine, and other a part of an interdisciplinary master of arts science fi elds; contribute to meeting the need degree program in southwest studies. This infor secondary school teacher certifi cation in cludes the disciplines of anthropology, history, sociology and/or anthropology; and to provide political science, and languages and literature. psychological and sociocultural service and expertise for the region, as well as the greater Students complete a common core of courses global community. in southwestern prehistory and history; social, political, and cultural dynamics; and con- Faculty temporary writers. Prior to admission to the Erika Derkas (Sociology) program, students select one of three areas of Mario Gonzales (Anthropology) concentration: anthropology, history/politi- Jean Hill (Psychology) Linda LaGrange (Psychology) cal science (see history or political science Robert Mishler (Anthropology) disciplines in the department of Humanities) Orit Tamir (Anthropology) or Hispanic language and literature (see lan- Thomas Ward (Sociology) guages and literature discipline in the depart- Ian Williamson (Psychology) ment of Humanities). Students interested in anthropology will follow the anthropology Resources and Facilities curriculum described below. The human riches of northern New Mexico provide an outstanding context for psychologi- The master of arts program prepares students cal, social, and cultural studies at NMHU. for doctoral programs in anthropology and Students engage in fi eld archaeological digs, related fi elds, teaching, research, and applied New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 37 positions in cultural resources management, for the master’s thesis with mentorship by the federal, state, and local agencies as well as psychology faculty. The faculty welcomes private business and non-profi t sectors. student participation in research and such The institution’s geographic location in a activities as attending conferences, presenting multi-ethnic region of the Southwest provides papers, and working on professional teams. a unique perspective for archaeological and The discipline of Psychology at NMHU has a ethnographic fi eld experiences. The anthro- history of receiving federally funded research pology lab houses a signifi cant collection of grants, which has provided well-equipped, prehistoric and historic cultural resources for spacious laboratories for research in psycho- northeastern New Mexico. biology. The presence of the state psychiatric hospital and the large number of boarding Master of Arts in Southwest homes for the chronically mentally ill in the Studies (M.A.) community provide unique opportunities for Required core: 12 – 15 clinical training with this population. Anth 513 Archeology of SW (3) In the recent past, approximately 40 percent Hist 618 Sem:The SW (3) of the program’s graduates have applied to PolS 611 Sem: SW Politics (3) Ph.D. programs, all have been accepted, and Span 652 Sem: Cont Hisp virtually all who have entered Ph.D. programs Writers of the SW (3) have attained the doctorate. Also, many gradu- Soc 524 Soc & Cult Dyn of ates choosing service careers are successfully the Southwest (3) employed in mental health and allied agencies. OR Anth 524 Soc & Cult Dyn of Master of Science in Psychology the Southwest (3) (M.S.) Soc 539 Classical Sociol Theories (3) Required core: 31 OR Psy 510 Physiological Psych (3) Soc 639 Cont Socio Theories (3) Psy 511 Tech Physio Psych (1) Psy 601 Data Analysis & Stats (3) Concentration in Anthropology Psy 602 Behav Res Meth (3) Electives: 12 – 15 Psy 603 Adv Learning (3) Electives selected in consultation with gradu- OR ate advisor. Psy 605 Memory & Cog (3) Required courses: 10 Psy 612 Psychopharm (3) Anthro 652 Sem: Thesis Psy 621 Adv Social Psych (3) Writing (1) Psy 640 Adv Dev Psych (3) Anthro 696 Ethnog Research Psy 651 Profession Ethics & Methods(3) Issues (3) Anthro 699 Thesis (6)* Psy 671 Adv Psych (3) Psy 699 Thesis (3) Program Total: 37 Core Total: 31

Psychology General Psychology Track The master of science degree program in Electives: 5 psychology offers close associations among In addition to the core required coursework, stu- faculty, students, and area specialists. All dents in the general psychology track must also complete ﬁ ve credit hours of electives, including graduate students perform original research 38 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

at least one assessment course (two credit hours), in the department of Humanities), or applied which are selected in consultation with an advi- sociology. Students interested in sociology sor. Advisors work with the student in order to will follow the curriculum described below. structure the elective courses in accordance with the student’s career goals. This program will prepare students for doctoral studies and may provide enrichment for Track Total: 36 professionals in public careers such as law, politics, or government service. The pro- Clinical Psychology/Clinical gram also provides advanced preparation for Track teachers. The interdisciplinary nature of the In addition to the core required 31 credit hours program is well suited to such purposes, by of coursework, students in the clinical psy- combining theoretical knowledge and practical chology/counseling track must also complete methodology in historical and cross-cultural the following required coursework for a total analysis; archival research; personal and of 63 credit hours. participant observation, interview, and survey Required courses: 32 techniques; and statistical analysis, model- Psy 525 Intro to Group building, and simulation–applied to analysis Psychotherapy (3) of social and cultural trends; political and Psy 577 Culture and Mental economic policy at local, regional, national, Illness (3) and international levels; and organizational Psy 627 Career Dev (3) and institutional processes. Psy 672 Intro to Counseling and Therapy (3) The program’s geographic location in a multi- Psy 674 Individual Intelligence ethnic region of the Southwest brings unique Testing (2) perspectives. Field and practicum experiences Psy 675 Personality Assess (2) are available to capitalize on the region’s rich Psy 679 Behavior Therapy & Assessment (2) social, cultural, and institutional resources. Psy 681 Neuropsychological Assessment (2) Master of Arts in Public Affairs Psy 698 Field Experience (12) (M.A.) Required core: 12 – 15 Track Total: 63 Choose twelve to ﬁ fteen credits from the following list: Sociology Anth 651 Concepts of Human The graduate program in sociology is part Culture (3) of an interdisciplinary master of arts degree Hist 615 Cont Hist Thought(3) program in public affairs. The program pro- PolS 563 Political Economy (3) vides a comprehensive understanding of the PolS 654 Sem: The State (3) social and cultural environment in the public Soc 539 Classical Social and private sphere through a common core OR of courses taken by all students in political Soc 639 Theories/Cont Socio theory, social theory and historical thought, Theories (3) human culture, and economic theory. Students, Core Total: 12 – 15 prior to admission to the program, select one of the following concentrations: political and governmental processes (See political science New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 39

Applied Sociology Concentration Courses in Anthropology (Anth) Required courses: 6-9 for thesis option 510. Archaeology (3); 2,2; Fa 12-15 for non-thesis option The purpose, techniques, methods and theory Soc 530 Data Analysis (3) of archaeology in the study of the human past Soc 539 Classical Social and in the context of modern science. Prereq- Theories (3) uisite: Permission of the instructor. Soc 630 Res Meth in Soc & 513. Archaeology of the Anthro (3) Southwest (3); 2,2; Sp Soc 639 Cont Soc Theories (3) Study of prehistoric cultures (before 1500) Choose one of the following, in consultation of the American Southwest. Prerequisite: One with your advisor: course in introductory Sociology or Anthropology. Soc 699 Thesis (6) OR 514. Field Methods in Completion of two professional papers and six Archaeology (2 – 6 VC); Su additional hours of coursework. Instruction in Archeology fi eld and laboratory Electives: 6 – 15 techniques and methods. Prerequisite: Anth Select six to nine credits for thesis option, 510 or permission of instructor. twelve to fi fteen credits for non-thesis option. 515. Development and Socio- Soc 511 The Community (3) Cultural Change (3); Sp Soc 512 Social Stratifi cation (3) This course concerns the nature and conse- Soc 527 Criminology (3) quences of development and culture change. Soc 528 Comp Legal Syst (3) The focus is on contemporary issues and many Soc 535 Gender & Society (3) ways in which anthropology is used outside its Soc 593 Race & Ethnic purely academic context: how anthropology is Relations (3) applied to contemporary human issues, how it PolS 558 Pol Theory & Phil (3) benefi ts society, and how it advances theo- PolS 614 Sem: Public Policies (3) retical knowledge. Prerequisite: One course Soc 5XX Gender & Society/ in introductory Sociology or Anthropology. Psychoogy (3) Cross-listed as: Soc 515. Soc 511 The Community (3) 521. Ethnology (3); Fa Soc 512 Social Stratifi cation (3) An advanced study of the development of the Soc 515 Dev & Socio-Cultural discipline and close examination of selected Change (3) ethnological texts. Prerequisite: Permission of PolS 519 Public Adm (3) instructor. Soc 593 Race & Ethnic Relations (3) 522. Religion and Culture (3); Fa PolS 558 Pol Theory & Phil (3) The origins, elements, forms, and symbolism PolS 614 Public Policies (3) of religion including a comparative survey Electives selected in consultation with your of religious beliefs, myths, practices, and graduate advisor. symbolism. Course focuses on religion in the context of culture with an emphasis on appre- Program Total: 36 ciating religious differences. Prerequisite: One course in introductory Sociology or Anthro- Administration Concentration pology. Cross-listed as: Soc 522. The Administration Concentration has tem- porarily been suspended. Student applications are not being accepted at this time. 40 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

524. Social/Cultural Dynamics in 577. The Hispanic Southwest (3); Fa the Greater Southwest (3); Fa The ethno-historical and socio-anthropologi- Investigation of the interrelationships among cal examination of Spanish-speaking people the major cultural groups living in the Greater in the Southwest from their establishment to Southwest today. Cross-listed as: Soc 524. contemporary times. 528. Comparative Legal Systems (3); Fa 580. Issues in Applied A sociological and anthropological analysis Anthropology (3); Sp of social control and law in a variety of social Course will focus on what applied anthropol- and cultural contexts. ogy is, how it is done, how it beneﬁ ts society, 535. Selected Topics in Anthropology and how it advances Anthropology’s theoreti- (1 – 4 VC); Fa, Sp cal knowledge of culture and society. It is Course in a topic or topics in anthropology: also a course for students who are interested may be repeated with a change of content. in learning about the various ways in which anthropology is used outside the classroom. 542. Forensic Anthropology (3); 2,2; Sp Presentation and application of biological 581. Cultural Resource anthropology techniques in the identiﬁ cation Management (3); Fa of humans from skeletal remains. This course will provide the students with the foundations for conducting cultural resource 550 – 650. Seminar in management (CRM). It addresses laws, regu- Anthropology (1 – 4 VC) lations, agencies, and techniques needed for Seminar course in a topic or topics in an- conducting CRM work and practical experi- thropology: may be repeated with change in ence. Prerequisite: One culture area course. content. 651. Concepts of Human Culture (3) 561. Communication Acquaint students with the world of human and Culture (3); Fa cultures and to arrive at means of understand- Anthropological linguistics, focusing ing “culture” as well as theoretical constructs on investigations of the relationships developed to examine the central concepts between language and culture. of anthropology. The place of anthropology 573. Women, Men, and Culture (3) in the western tradition; issues examined by Study of the basic features of social organiza- anthropologists from an array of theoretical tion and behavior in selected societies around perspectives; examples from ethnographic the world in the determination of sexual studies; application to public issues and poli- scripts in pre-literate as well as industrial cies, are means through which theory will be societies. brought to bear on praxis. 574. Contemporary Indian Issues (3); Sp 652. Seminar: Thesis Writing (1) An examination of emerging social and cul- Instruct and facilitate students in empirical, tural issues in American Indian society today. historical, and theoretical research and in design, preparation, and completion of thesis 576. Indians of the American in Anthropology. Southwest (3); Fa A survey of the Native American cultures 690. Independent Study (1 – 4 VC) in the Southwest since 1500, including both Individual, directed study arranged with an in- Pueblo and non-Pueblo cultures. Prerequi- structor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. site: One course in introductory Sociology or 692. Independent Research (1 – 4 VC) Anthropology. Independent research arranged with an instructor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 41

696. Ethnographic Research emotional abuse that occurs within families. A Methods (3); Fa particular emphasis will be a focus on the psycho- The course addresses methods of data collec- logical consequences of exposure to physical and tion, coding, and analysis for Ethnographic sexual trauma and neglect. Victim and offender fi eld work in Anthropology. Techniques characteristics will be discussed in the context of include naturalistics and participant observa- family dynamics. Typical and potential criminal tion, structured and unstructured interviewing, justice system responses will be explored. fi eld note taking and management, and other 510. Physiological Psychology (3) related qualitative data gathering approaches, An overview of the neuroanatomical and some of which may be used in the develop- neurophysiological processes underlying be- ment of quantitative instruments and analysis. havior. Topics include neurological disorders, Of continuing concern is the interplay between brain organization, sensory systems, and ap- theoretical and perspectives and the infl uence plied human neuropsychology. Co-requisite: of selected data collection methodologies. Psy 511. 699. Thesis (1 – 6 VC); All 511. Techniques in Physiological Individual research and writing in preparation Psychology (1) of a graduate thesis. Prerequisite: Laboratory work designed to develop skills Permission of instructor. needed to collect data in physiological psychology. Exercises include brain dissection Courses in Psychology (Psy) techniques and the use of the following instru- 502. Psychology of Sports Performance (3) ments: centrifuge, balance, spectrophotom- Psychological and social-psychological factors eter, and high performance liquid chromatog- affecting sports performance. Specifi c atten- raphy (HPLC). Co-requisite: Psy 510. tion will be given to the relationship between 515. Psychology and Law (3) sports performance and motivation, person- This course examines the way in which psy- ality, aggression, and attitudes. The social chology interacts with the law. The primary processes of social facilitation, observational context will be the way in which psychology learning, social reinforcement, and competi- interacts with the criminal justice system. The tion will also be viewed in relation to their ef- course explores a variety of topics includ- fect upon the individual’s sports performance. ing expert testimony, civil commitment and 503. Computer Use in Behavioral Sciences (3) the rights of mental patients, competency, An introduction to computer applications for the insanity defense, forced medication and statistical analysis of data in the behavioral the transfer of mentally ill inmates to mental sciences. Use of mainframe computer soft- hospitals, and a review of the mental illnesses ware in relation to research will be covered. and personality disorders commonly encoun- Emphasis and focus of the course will be on tered in criminal justice settings. the Statistical Package for the Social Sciences 516. Motivation and Emotion (3) (SPSS). A review of the major phenomena and theo- 508. Drugs and Behavior (3) ries that relate to motivation and emotion. Psychological and pharmacological study of Prerequisite: Psy 203, Psy 204, or permission alcoholism, drug abuse, and drug use, includ- of instructor. ing tranquilizers and non-prescription drugs, 518. Comparative Cognition (3) throughout society. An introduction to animal cognition, including 509. Domestic and Sexual Violence (3) attention, representation of stimuli, memory This course will focus on physical, sexual, and storage and retrieval processes, and forgetting. 42 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

519. Introduction to Behavior Therapy (3) chology. May be repeated with a change in Introduction to and survey of behavior therapy content. procedures and their application to child and 562. Experimental Design and Analysis (3); 2,2 adult populations in a variety of settings includ- A comprehensive introduction to the design ing homes, schools, prisons, and hospitals. and analysis of experiments emphasizing 522. Human Sexuality (3) analysis of variance models and analytical Review of contemporary, socio-psychologi- comparison techniques. Prerequisite: Psy 203, cal issues relating to human sexuality. Topics Psy 204, or equivalent. include sexual anatomy, sexually-transmitted 564. Organizational Behavior (3) diseases, sexual dysfunctions, sexual attitudes Analysis of formal organizations and informal and mores. relationships among individuals and small 525. Intro to Group Psychotherapy (3); Su groups. Study of business organizations as An overview of group therapy, theory and a system of authority and status, control and techniques. Course includes an experiential communication, decision-making centers, and component designed to provide experience leadership positions. Use is made of cases and with group process and group leadership. research studies. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 571. Psychological Testing (3); 2,2 530. Gender Roles (3) Presentation of the principles underlying psy- An examination of gender roles and role chological testing and measurement. Major ar- theory in understanding the behavior of eas of psychological testing are surveyed and women and men. Topics include development, special attention is given to social and ethical stereotyping, sex differences in personality, aspects of psychological testing. Prerequisite: abilities, achievement, and status. Attention is Psy 203, Psy 204, or permission of instructor. given to implications of changing female and 572. Cognitive Science (3) male roles in society. An interdisciplinary investigation of the 533. History of Psychology (3) foundations of human knowledge representa- Review of the major fi gures associated with tion and understanding, the functioning of the the development of psychology as a science human mind, and how these impact on recent from Plato’s time to the present, with special computer technologies. Cross-listed as: Phil emphasis on the nineteenth and twentieth 572 and CS 572. centuries. Prerequisite: Psy 203, Psy 204, or 573. The Psychology of Suicide (2) permission of instructor. The history of suicide, popular myths on the 535 – 635. Selected Topic in Psy (1 – 4 VC) topic, epidemiology, theories, evaluation of Course in a topic or topics in psychology: may self-destructive potential, and therapy. Pre- be repeated with a change of content. requisite: Psy 203, Psy 204, or permission of instructor. 545. Behavior Disorders in Children (3) Etiology and treatment of behavioral problems 575. Abnormal Psychology and Literature (3) in children in a variety of settings, including Characters from many literary works analyzed home and school environments. An eclectic in terms of psychopathology. Various theories coverage of the major theories, approaches, of abnormality will be utilized. Prerequisite: and research is provided. Prerequisite: Psy Permission of instructor. 240, Psy 340, or permission of instructor. 577. Culture and Mental Illness (3) 550 – 650. Seminar in Psychology (1 – 4 VC) An examination of current descriptions and Seminar course in a topic or topics in psy- explanations of mental disorders in a sample New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 43 of countries from all major regions of the and operant conditioning paradigms will be world. Historical, technical, ethical, and examined. Other topics include avoidance, re- pragmatic aspects of international research in wards, punishment, extinction, generalization, the realm of psychology/psychiatry are also discrimination learning, and animal memory. addressed. Prerequisite: Psy 101, Psy 324, or 605. Memory and Cognition (3) permission of instructor. An examination of human information pro- 579. Psychology of Religion (3) cessing. Topics include the study of encoding, An examination of the relationship between storage, and retrieval processes in memory. the discipline of psychology and religion. In addition, seminars will be conducted on Perspectives addressed include the historical, selected special topics relevant to current cultural, philosophic, psychoanalytic, and issues in cognition, such as false memories, scientifi c. Prerequisite: Psy 101. the nature of consciousness, and the issue of “real” versus “artifi cial” intelligence. 580. Community Psychology (3) An introduction to community psychology 608. Introduction to Neuropsychology (3) with emphasis on theories and research regard- This course will cover a broad range of issues ing prevention and consultation. Prerequisite: in the fi eld of neuropsychology. The struc- Psy 101 or permission of instructor. tural and cellular organization of the central nervous system will be reviewed followed 590 – 690. Independent Study (1 – 4 VC) by a discussion of the theoretical framework Individual, directed readings and library for brain behavior relationships. Common research arranged with an instructor on a topic neurological disorders including epilepsy, of mutual interest to the student and instructor. degenerative diseases, traumatic brain injury, Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. and vascular insults will be examined in detail. 601. Data Analysis and Statistics (3); 2,2; Fa The test batteries and techniques typically A comprehensive introduction to the design, used in neuropsychological assessment will be analysis, and application of psychological data reviewed. and experiments. The focus of the course is 612. Psychopharmacology (3); Sp on the foundation and application of statistical The course consists of the study of drug ac- techniques to problems of design and analysis. tion at physiological and behavioral levels. An introduction to the use of SPSS to analyze Psychological and medical applications and data will be included. Prerequisite: Graduate limitations of drugs used in the treatment of standing in psychology or allied program or mental illness will be covered. Prerequisite: permission of instructor and Undergraduate Permission of instructor. statistics or equivalent. 618. Experimental Models of 602. Behavioral Research Methods (3); 2,2; Sp A comprehensive examination of the language Psychopathology (3) and logic of psychological research. Research Examination of laboratory-based models and designs and strategies for the laboratory, exist- theories of adaptive and mal-adaptive behav- ing social organizations, and fi eld setting are ior, including the clinical applications of these covered. Prerequisite: Psych 601 or permis- models and theories. sion of instructor. 621. Advanced Social Psychology (3); Sp 603. Advanced Learning (3) Comprehensive review of major theories and A comprehensive examination of the basic related research in social psychology. Empha- principles of learning derived from the study sis given to attributional and social exchange of nonarticulate organisms. Both the theory approaches. and data bearing on the classical, instrumental, 44 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

627. Career Development (3) correlation, discriminate analysis, multivariate An examination of theories and frameworks analysis of variance, and analysis of repeated for career development including the major measures and principal components. techniques and instruments used in career 669. Int’l Infl uences in Clinical Psy (3) assessment. Attention will be given to the psy- A broad yet very deep survey of a variety of chological and social factors affecting career professional pursuits in the fi eld of clinical choice, planning and development. Prerequi- psychology in the international setting. Top- site: Graduate standing in psychology or allied ics addressed include international research, major, permission of instructor. personality theory, clinical assessment, mental 630. Advanced Agency research (3); 3,0 disorders, etc. Prerequisite: Permission of The course provides an examination of instructor. advanced methods and strategies for research 671. Advanced Psychopathology (3); Fa in applied settings. Topics include experi- An examination of adult psychopathology mental, quasi-experimental, and small sample with emphasis on current research, theories, methodologies, survey research designs, and and interventions presented within the context evaluation research approaches. Emphasis of DSM application. A unique aspect is ex- will be given to mental health practice. Ethical posure to the shifting of paradigms from dis- and professional standards for research and ease-centered psychiatry to the culture-based, practice settings are covered. Prerequisite: client-centered paradigm of mental illness. SW 430, SW 530 and Math 345 or Psy 302 or Prerequisite: Graduate status in psychology or equivalent courses approved by instructor. permission of instructor. Cross-listed as SW 634. Practicum (1 – 12 VC) 671. A fi eld placement in a local institution or 672. Intro to Counseling and Therapy (3) agency providing extensive exposure to the To provide the student with a relatively in- use of professional techniques under staff depth introduction to a number of the major supervision. This course may be repeated up psychotherapeutic approaches currently in use to a limit of 12 hours of credit. Prerequisite: by practitioners. Each of the approximately Permission of instructor. 10 psychotherapies will be addressed in terms 640. Advanced Developmental Psy (3); Sp of its history, theory, and process of psycho- An in-depth coverage of developmental theo- therapy and its applications. Readings of case ries and research across the life span. examples will also accompany each approach to also provide the student with an experiential 651. Professional Ethics and Issues (1-2); dimension, so as to enable fuller integration Fa, Sp of course material. This will be accomplished Examination of ethical theory as it relates in the context of in-class “exercises,” during to the practice of psychology. Review of the which students will employ the techniques American Psychological Association Ethi- associated with some of the major approaches cal Principles of Psychologists and Code of in simulated consultation sessions. Conduct. Presentation of additional information relevant to the professional psychologists. 674. Individual Intelligence Testing (2); 1,2 Course may be repeated once for credit. Theories of intelligence, administration, scoring, and interpretation of widely used 660. Multivariate Data Analysis (3) individual intelligence tests. Emphasis is given An introduction to the role of multivariate to the WISC-III and WAIS-III. Prerequisite: statistical methods in behavior research, and Permission of instructor. their interpretation and conceptual understanding. Techniques covered include canonical New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 45

675. Personality Assessment (2); 1,2; Sp 692. Independent Research (1 – 4 VC) Administration, scoring and interpretation of Independent research, including data collec- the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inven- tion, analysis, and interpretation, arranged tory (MMPI-2), Thematic Appreciation Test with an instructor. Prerequisite: Permission of (TAT), and additional techniques, and integra- instructor. tion of these fi ndings with case history data. 699. Thesis (1 – 6 VC) Prerequisites: Psy 671 and Psy 571 or Psy 674 Individual research and writing in preparation or permission of instructor. of a graduate thesis. After enrolling for thesis, 679. Behavior Therapy and Assessment (2); 1,2 student must continue to enroll for at least one Experimental and theoretical basis of behavior credit hour of thesis each semester until com- therapy and assessment, and issues related to pleted. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. their application. The course seeks to familiarize the student with current procedures and Courses in Sociology (Soc) their origins in experimental psychology, to 510. Large Scale Organizations (3) indicate strengths and limitations of these Advanced study of complex institutions and techniques and to suggest specifi c problem organizations. areas requiring research exploration. 511. The Community (3) 681. Neuropsychological Analysis of human communities in terms of Assessment (2); 1,2 social structure, social class, participation in Course provides the student with a systematic formal and informal associations, power struc- clinical diagnostic procedure used to deter- ture, and inter-group confl ict. mine the extent of any possible behavioral 512. Social Stratifi cation (3); Sp defi cits following diagnosed or suspected Differentiation, status, social mobility, class, brain injury. Such assessments would be help- and caste in selected societies. ful for patients having, or suspected of having, 515. Development and Socio- various brain disorders that result in prob- Cultural Change (3) lems with memory, intellectual and cognitive This course concerns the nature and conse- functioning, daily activities, or behavior and quences of development and culture change. emotions. Such conditions include head injury, The focus is on contemporary issues and many stroke, epilepsy, brain tumor, toxic or other ways in which anthropology is used outside encephalopathies, dementia, developmental its purely academic context: how anthropol- and learning disabilities, and other neurologi- ogy is applied to contemporary human issues, cal disorders. Neuropsychological assessment how it benefi ts society, and how it advances would be used to determine the differential theoretical knowledge. Cross-listed as: Anthro contribution of neurologic and psychiatric 515. Prerequisite: One course in introductory factors in a patient’s presenting problems, and Sociology or Anthropology. in the specifi cation of the patient’s psychological and behavioral strengths and weaknesses 522. Religion and Culture (3) related to neurological dysfunction. Prerequi- The origins, elements, forms, and symbolism sites: Psych 510 and psych 674, or equivalent of religion including a comparative survey of courses, or permission of instructor. religious beliefs, myths, practices and symbolism. Course focuses on religion in the context 691. Colloquium: Teaching of Psychology (1) of culture with an emphasis on appreciating Teaching approaches and issues applicable in religious differences. Cross-listed as: Anth specifi ed courses in psychology; designed for 522. Prerequisite: One course in introductory graduate teaching assistants in psychology. Sociology or Anthropology. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 46 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

524. Social/Cultural Dynamics process of communication to manage confl ict in the Greater Southwest (3) in interpersonal, organizational, and other Investigation of the interrelationships among macro-level context such as international, in- the major cultural groups living in the Greater ter-regional, inter-local, intergovernmental and Southwest today. major environmental disputes both manifest 527. Criminology (3); Sp and latent. Prerequisite: Soc 560 or permission An overview of defi nitions and types of crime, of instructor. and social theories of crime causation; special 560. Approaches to Dispute Resolution (3) issues related to crime, crime control and This course provides a theoretical and practi- crime prevention. cal understanding of dispute resolution pro- 528. Comparative Legal Systems (3); Fa cesses in use in the private and public sectors. A sociological and anthropological analysis The course examines how and why dispute of social control and law in a variety of social resolution processes function in particular and cultural contexts. environments, and critiques the strengths and weaknesses of each process. Prerequisite: 530. Applied Social Research Introductory course in psychology or introduc- and Data Analysis (3); Sp tory course in sociology. Instruction in application of techniques used in the analysis of quantitative and qualitative 590–690. Independent Study (1 – 4 VC) social science research data. Independent, directed study arranged with an instructor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 531. Political Sociology (3) Sociological theory and research as applied to 593. Race and Ethnic Relations (3); Sp the study of political behavior, including such The basic processes operating in the present topics as the social bases of power (class, oc- day interrelations of ethnic groups. cupation, religion, cultural values), decision- 630. Research Methods in Sociology making, leadership and communications. and Anthropology (3); Fa 535 – 635. Selected Topics in Research techniques in the study of social and Sociology (1 – 4 VC) cultural aspects of human existence, critical Course in topic or topics in sociology: may be study, and application of methods. repeated with a change of content. 639. Contemporary Sociological 538. Sociology of Knowledge (3) Theories (3); Fa A study of the socio-cultural creation of reality Detailed study of recent social theories with and the social determination, conditioning, critical analysis and comparison. transmission, and distribution of knowledge in 692. Independent Research (1 – 4 VC) general and of ideology and science in particular. Independent research arranged with an instruc- 539. Classical Sociological Theories (3); Sp tor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An in-depth study of selected sociologists and 698. Field Experience (1 – 6 VC) their theories from the time of Comte, includ- A fi eld placement in a local institution or ing such theorists as Durkheim and Weber. agency providing opportunity for observation 550 – 650. Seminar in Sociology (1 – 4 VC) and limited exposure to the use of professional Seminar course in a topic or topics in sociol- techniques under staff supervision. Prerequi- ogy: may be repeated with change in content. site: Permission of instructor. 558. Mediation and Confl ict: 699. Thesis (1 – 6 VC) Interest Based Transformative Individual research and writing in preparation and Narrative Paradigms (3) of a graduate thesis. Prerequisite: Permission This is a practical, interactive course offering a of instructor. New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 47

DEPARTMENT OF cultures that are distinctive of the State of COMMUNICATION AND New Mexico”.* Ultimately, CFA aims to FINE ARTS prepare its students for an active professional life in each discipline through the knowledge, Dr. Andre Garcia-Nuthmann, creativity, teaching skills and dedication of Department Chair its faculty and staff, showing “excellence in Champ Tyrone Music Building, Room 06 teaching, discovering, preserving and applying 505 454-3573 knowledge”.* FAX: 505 454-3241 *Quotes taken from the University Mission E-MAIL: [email protected] Statement, phrases 15, 3, 7, and 1, respec- tively. The Department of Communication and Fine Arts includes instructional programs in art, Faculty design studies, music, theater, and media arts. Drake Bingham (Media Arts) In addition to the joint master’s degree in Andre Garcia-Nuthmann (Music) media arts and computer science, the depart- Pat Kikut (Art) ment provides instruction at the graduate level, Miriam Langer (Media Arts) which may be used for licensure or to satisfy James Leger (Music) emphasis area requirement in the master’s David Lobdell (Art) degree in education, curriculum and instruc- Robert Fry (Media Arts) tion concentration. Deborah Wagner (Music)

Mission of the Department of Resources and Facilities Communication & Fine Arts New Mexico Highlands University provides a newly renovated communication arts building The general mission of the Department of with state-of-the-art computer systems; music Communication and Fine Arts (CFA) is to studios for group rehearsal and individual educate students in the technical skills, the practice; art studios for ceramics, painting, theoretical underpinnings and the socio-cul- drawing, jewelry and metalsmithing, print- tural context for the disciplines represented by making, sculpture, and a new fully-equipped the academic programs. CFA seeks to inspire art foundry; a 1,000-seat proscenium stage students to make creative and expressive theater; a blue screen special effects studio; ideas the foundation of their lives and in their and a computer lab dicated to video graphics, work, which is the essence of the “cultivation effects and animation. of the human mind and spirit”.* In its collaborative enterprises, CFA seeks to provide Students in communication arts and ﬁ ne arts opportunities for students to work closely with are joined by other students on campus and faculty and staff in its academic courses, thus by community members in the Concert Choir, demonstrating that “faculty and staff readily Madrigal Choir, HU Jazz Singers, Pep Band, interact with students”.* Community members Chamber Orchestra, Guitar Ensemble, Jazz join the department for many productions and Ensemble, and Mariachi, as well as in four activities. CFA aims to incorporate appropriate main-stage productions. Two galleries in the elements from northern New Mexico artistic, Fine Arts Building (Burris Hall) and the De- theatrical and musical culture in its courses sign Studies wing of the Communication Arts and productions, which relate to the “rich Building serve as the focal point for artistic heritage of Hispanic and Native American 48 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

work produced through various classes and folio, which must demonstrate a competency studios. The Art Club, Communication Arts with some media applications. Students who Club, Music Club, and Theater Club are an ac- do not meet these criteria may be admitted to tive part of campus life, as serving to promote the program on a provisional basis, and by tak- their various programs. ing certain courses may gain full admittance to the MACS program Master of Arts or Science In Media Arts and Computer Science (M.A. Required core: 15 or M.S.) MArt 600 Principles of Media Art & The disciplines of Media Arts and computer Computer Science (3) science are seeing a signifi cant convergence of MArt 610 Synthesis of Media Arts & interests. Computer science, with its interest Computer Science (3) in exploring and developing new program- MArt 620 Advanced Project ming paradigms, user interfaces, computer Development (3) networking models, and multimedia-based MArt 697 Field Project (6) technologies, is constantly offering new forms or of human communication. The communica- MArt 699 Thesis (6) tion arts professions, including graphic design, animation, interaction design, as well as video Concentration in Media Arts and audio production, have always sought By concentrating in Media Arts, students will new and more effective ways to express ideas, develop profi ciency with the computer-based concepts and visions. Thus, they have a natu- production tools currently used in profes- ral interest in the possibilities offered by the sional industry. They will learn how to apply technologies coming out of computer science their skills, talent and intellectual capacity to and electronics engineering. The departments interpret concepts in the appropriate form of of Communication and Fine Arts and Math- media for the target audience. From interactive ematics and Computer Sciences jointly offer design, to multimedia, to print communica- a program in media arts and computer science tions, students will be challenged to push the that, depending on one’s area of concentration current boundaries of media technologies. and background would lead to either a master of arts of a master of science degree. Students The MACS program has a partnership with will receive a degree in media arts and com- the Museum of New Mexico which allows puter science (MACS) with a concentration in students to concentrate on Interactive Exhibit one or the other. Students working towards a Design. This requires students to take (as two master of science degree must choose the the- electives) Exhibit Design I and Exhibit Design sis option. The thesis or project must refl ect II. To complete this concentration requires both an exploration of the student’s interest Exhibit Internship during the course of a area and an effort to integrate that exploration semester or summer. Internships are managed in to a broader, interdisciplinary context. through the MACS program and the Museum Admissions: of New Mexico.

Admission to the MACS (Media Arts and Electives: Computer Science) program is selective. Choose 21 credit hours (7 courses) from Admission to the media arts side is contingent the following courses, from any approved upon undergraduate transcripts, student port- graduate level course in computer science, New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 49 mathematics, or media arts. At least one of the Music and Art courses must be in a discipline other than the While there are no graduate degrees offered area of concentration. Students may be able in music and art, they may be selected as to add courses from psychology, education, emphasis areas within the curriculum and art, music or other disciplines, depending on instruction master of arts program in educa- interests. Students working towards a master tion for students wishing to pursue graduate of science degree must choose courses from studies in music and art education. In addition, computer science, mathematics, or from a certain music and art courses are applicable discipline offering a masters of science degree. as electives in the Department of Behavioral Sciences’ master of arts program in southwest MACS studies. MArt 510 Media Law and Ethics (3) MArt 518 Principles of Multimedia Music (3) The music program at NMHU offers a variety MArt 526 Multimedia Project of options to meet the differing needs of Management (3) students with personal or pre-professional MArt 527 Web Production interests in music. A wide range of choral and Workshop (3) instrumental ensembles provide students from MArt 528 Principles of Game all areas of the campus with opportunities to Design (3) participate in active music making. These in- MArt 529 Adv Game Design (3) clude the Concert Choir, Madrigal Choir, HU MArt 567 Character Animation (3) Jass Singers, Pep Band, Chamber Orchestra, MArt 566 Designing Physical Guitar Ensemble, Jazz Ensemble, and Maria- Interfaces (3) chi. Other choral and instrumental ensembles MArt 545 Screenwriting (3) are offered as student interest dictates. Activity MArt 562 Video Effects (3) awards are available for ensemble participa- MArt 563 Video Animation (3) tion. MArt 566 Audio for Video, Radio, and Animation (3) Students in the music program will become MArt 568 Adv Lightwave Modeling proﬁ cient in the necessary skills of music per- (3) formance according to their particular choice MArt 569 Adv Video Animation (3) of instrument or voice, while acquiring a thor- MArt 533 Digital Imaging (3) ough knowledge in the philosophy, aesthetics, MArt 545 Electronic Photography literature, and history of music from western (3) culture and from the Southwest. They will be MArt 573 Typography (3) enabled to enter the teaching profession with MArt 517 Publication Design (3) the requisite training and knowledge to teach MArt 595 Exhibition Design 1 (3) music at the elementary and secondary levels. MArt 596 Advanced Exhibition Design (3) Music may be selected as an emphasis area MArt 597 Exhibition Internship (3) within the curriculum and instruction master MArt 513 Non-linear Editing (3) of arts program in education for students wishing to pursue graduate studies in music Program total: 36 education. In addition, certain music courses are applicable as electives in the Department 50 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

of Behavioral Sciences’ master of arts program 534. Practicum (1-4 VC) in southwest studies. Experience in an on-campus or work placement. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Art 535. Selected Topics in Art (1–4 VC) The goal of the art faculty at New Mexico Course in a topic or topics of art studio. May Highlands University is to provide students be repeated with a change of content. Prereq- with a strong foundation in the visual arts. In- uisite: Permission of the instructor. struction in historical fi elds as well as the ex- 541. Sculpture III (3); 2,4 periential provides the student with knowledge A continuation of Art 341, and an introduc- of the skills, techniques, and critical thinking tion to bronze casting. Prerequisite: Art 341 or required of a committed artist. By nurturing permission of the instructor. ideas and creativity, as well as learning about 542. Sculpture IV (3); 2,4 the tradition of artmaking, a student is able to Development of a personal aesthetic in sculp- gain insight into his/her own personal expres- ture. Course may be repeated for credit. Pre- sion. requisite: Art 441 or permission of instructor. The NMHU art discipline reserves the right to 550. Seminar in Art (1–4 VC) retain student work submitted for course credit Seminar course in a topic or topics of art. for a limited time for education, exhibition, Course may be repeated for credit. Prerequi- and promotion. site: Permission of instructor. 561. Jewelry and Metalsmithing III (3); 2,4 A materials list for each studio course will A continuation of Art 361. Prerequisite: Art be available for students during registration. 361 or permission of the instructor. Expenses may vary from course to course and 571. Printmaking III (3); 2,4 some supplies will be provided from student A continuation of Art 371 with emphasis fees. placed on innovative technologies in intaglio, Courses in Art (Art) the art of the monotype, and advanced practices in lithography including color. Attention 521. Painting III (3); 2,4 will be placed highly on individual imagery This intermediate to advanced level course and outside research. Prerequisite: Art 371 or emphasizes personal imagery and the explora- permission of instructor. tion of the language of paint. Prerequisite: Art 572. Printmaking IV (3); 2,4 321 or permission of instructor. Continuation of Art 571 with emphasis placed 522. Painting IV (3); 2,4 on an individual topic decided upon by both Continuation of Art 521 with emphasis placed student and instructor resulting in a suite or on an individual topic decided upon by both series of images in print, and a research paper. student and instructor resulting in a series May be repeated for additional credit. Prereq- of paintings and a research paper. May be uisite: Art 571 or permission of the instructor. repeated for additional credit. Prerequisite: Art 581. Weaving III (3); 2,4 521 or permission of instructor. A continuation of Art 381 which will involve 531. Ceramics III (3); 2,4 experimental problems. Prerequisite: Art 381 Form building including kiln fi ring and glaze or permission of the instructor. calculation. Course may be repeated for credit. 585. Art Foundry III (3); 2,4 Prerequisite: Art 331 or permission of instructor. An emphasis on refi ning aesthetic knowledge and technical skills. Course may be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Art 385 or permission of instructor. New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 51

590. Independent Study (1–4 VC) 517. Publication Design (3) Individual research in a selected area of art The study of computerized design, layout, history or criticism arranged with an instruc- typography, illustration, photo manipula- tor. Prerequisite: The appropriate 300-level tion, and work processing applications in the course and permission of the instructor. preparation of printer materials. Prerequisite: 593. Directed Study in Art Studio (1–4 VC) Familiarity with the operation of a Macintosh- Advanced independent work arranged with a based computer, an adequate keyboarding skill faculty member to expand upon knowledge of 40 wpm or equivalent. and techniques gained in lower division studio 518. Principles of Multimedia (3) courses in the student’s ﬁ eld of emphasis. Pre- Study of the principles and implementation requisite: The appropriate 300- or 400-level of multimedia production, especially in the course and permission of instructor. creation of interactive movies and websites. 526. Multimedia Project Management (3) Courses in Art History (AH) The course is designed to teach students how 540. 19th and 20th Century Art (3) to work in creative teams for the production A survey of European and American art from the of multimedia materials such as CD-ROMs, late 18th century until the present. Major artists interactive websites, or DVDs. Prerequisite: and trends in painting, sculpture, photography Media 518. and architecture will be discussed with particular 527. Web Production Workshop (3);2,2 emphasis on personality and innovation. Prereq- A course dealing with internet history, infor- uisite: Art 411 or permission of instructor. mation architecture, and interface design and 550. Seminar in Art History (1–4 VC) usability. This class will address issues such Seminar course in a topic or topics of art histo- as change in technologies, designing for the ry. May be repeated with a change of content. small interface (cell phones and palm pilots), Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. and streaming audio and video. Prerequisite: 580. Art History: The Americas (3) Permission of instructor. A survey of the arts of the Americas, cover- 528. Principles of Game Design (3) ing the pre-Columbian indigenous cultures, This course provides the basic theories and Hispanic colonial presence, and contemporary implementation of game design. Students will Native American and Hispanic arts. study structure, strategy and work on developing their own games, digital or analog. Courses in Media Arts (MART) 529. Advanced Game Design (3) 509. Conceptual Imaging and Methods The study of more complex concepts of game Emphasis on development and improvement design including the use of programming and for conceptualizing and creating imagery with concept development. Students will complete digital skills. an interactive game during the course. 510. Media Law Ethics (3) 530. Advanced Exhibition Design (3) Encourage students to develop analytical skills This advanced course is for students who through an examination of case law familiar- have already taken Exhibition Design. In this ize students with the most important legal class students will expand their understanding concepts related to the media industry. of designing in a physical space, static and 513. Non-Linear Digital Video Editing (3) interactive elements, and combining design, The study of video editing techniques and sys- construction and multimedia skills to produce tem which have emerged from the intersection a ﬁ nal exhibit for the public. of television and computer techniques. 52 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

533. Advanced Digital Imaging (3) techniques, such as chromakey production, This class is designed to further the skills of image morphing, and video composting. the digitally experienced student with various 563. Video Animation (3);2,2 and emergent types and software. Emphasis at The study of 3-D animation and modeling, the advanced level is on complexity, effi cien- using Lightwave. cy, appropriateness, and output. 564. Digital Filmmaking IV (3);2,2 534. Media Arts Practicum (1-4VC) A capstone course in digital fi lmmaking that Campus work placement with specifi c re- requires the student to write, produce and sponsibilities appropriate to the discipline at direct a quality digital fi lm. a graduate level. Prerequisite: Permission of 565. Advanced Media Projects (3) instructor. This course is for advanced students who need 535. Selected Topics in Media Arts (1-4VC) to develop professional quality projects for Course in a topic or topics in Media Arts. May their portfolios. Students will have their cur- be repeated with a change of content. rent work evaluated, then focus on one project 536. Digital Filmmaking III (3);2,2 to highlight their strongest skills. Students will A course devoted to the analysis, planning, look at existing professional work in Video and on-set skills required by the director in Effects, 3D Animation, Web Development, producing a digital fi lm. Interactive Media, and Video/Audion Produc- 545. Advanced Electronic tion. Students will have one-on-one d and Photography (3);2,2 group critique, resulting in presentation of a Electronic Photography explores the technol- fi nal high quality media project. ogy and application of digital image making. 566. Audio for Video, Radio, Student will utilize various hardware/software and Animation (3) to capture and manipulate digital imagery. Training in the recording and mixing of narra- Prerequisite: Course in computerr graphics tion, character voices, sound effects, foley and fundamentals. production music. The course does not include 546. Screenwriting (3) music recording. The study of the format, the writing styles, and 567. Character Animation (3) the creative and technical techniques useful in This course focuses on character animation. the development of the dramatics screenplay Students will develop their skills in 2D and for television and fi lm. clay animation by learning the concepts of 556. Designing Physical Interfaces (3);2,2 storyboarding, character movement, walk This course focuses on physically interactive cycles, facial expression, audio syncing and technology, enabling student’s work to sense camera angles. and respond to its environment. This course is 568. Advanced Lightwave Modeling (3);3,0 geared toward people interested in exploring The study of three-dimensional computer new possibilities for scree-based and instal- modeling techniques for virtual objects. Pre- lation art, robotics, and “smart” architecture. requisite: Media 363 or Media 563. The course begins with the basic theories 569. Advanced Video Animation (3) of electronics and leads to fully functional The study of advanced techniques of interactive projects which react to physical lightwave animation, including the use of interactions, as well as, build a series of work- metanurbs, inverse kinematics, multiple-target ing prototypes. morphine, and quasi-cel animation. Prerequi- 562. Video Effects site: Media 363 or Media 563. The study of digital video post-production New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 53

573. Typography (3) 597. Exhibition Internship (3) A study to typographic form and usage. The Exhibition Internship is required for a con- course covers the design and appropriateness centration in Exhibition Design. Students will of letter form systems in the communication be matched with a State institution and assist process. with the exhibitions department. Students 575. Advanced Screenwriting Workshop (3) will attend training workshops with museum The goal of advanced screenwriting is to employees. establish a workshop atmosphere, where stu- 598. Professional Design dents can develop seriously and intently into Internship (1-6VC) the discussion of each other’s work. To serve An external job placement in a position appro- this goal , the class will meet 7 times during priate to the discipline. Both an instructor of the semester for a three-hour workshop. This record and an on-site supervisor are required. alternative structure will appeal to students The position may be paid or unpaid. Prerequi- who already have a full schedule of classes site: Permission of instructor. and work, but can dedicate a chunk of time 600. Principles of Media Arts in order to develop their full-length script. and Computer Science (3) Prerequisite: Media 546. An interdisciplinary investigation of the termi- 590. Independent Study (1-4VC) nology, roots, assumptions and principles that Individual directed study arranged with an in- underlie the merging disciplines of media arts structor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. and computer science. Cross-listed as: CS 600. 591. Colloquium in Media Arts (1) 610. Synthesis of Media Arts Students participate in discussions and report and Computer Science (3) on current issues of concern to the profession. An interdisciplinary synthesis of the prin- May be repeated. Prerequisite: Permission of ciples that underlie the merging disciplines of instructor. computer science and media arts. Cross-listed 592. Independent Research (1-5VC) as CS 610. Independent research under the direction of a 620. Multimedia Project Development (3) faculty member. Prerequisite: Permission of A study of the processes, techniques, and tools instructor. used in the development of sophisticated mul- 595. Exhibition Design (3) timedia-based projects. The courses focuses In this class students will be introduced to ex- on both the theoretical and practical aspects of hibition design principles. Projects include the multimedia design and programming. A key participation in designing of a physical space, component to the course is the completion of the static and interactive elements, and com- a project that combines the various tools and bining design, construction and multimedia techniques discussed in the course. The course skills to produce a fi nal exhibit for the public. will also involve student presentations on the research related to their thesis or project. 596. Advanced Exhibition Design (3) Cross-listed as CS 620. This advanced course is for students who have already taken Exhibition Design. In this 697. Field Project (1-6VC) class students will expand their understanding Individual fi eld research and writing in prepara- of designing in a physical space, static and tion of a graduate fi eld project (equivalent to a interactive elements, and combining design, thesis). Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. construction and multimedia skills to produce a fi nal exhibit for the public. Prerequisite: Media 595. 54 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

699. Thesis (1-6VC) their emergence as an international phenomena in Individual research and writing in preparation the 20th century. Emphasis is on understanding the of a graduate thesis. Prerequisite: Permission cultural signiﬁ cance of these styles as well as their of instructor. technical musical structure. 574. Country Music (3); 3,0; Alt Sp Courses in Music (Mus) An examination of the growth and develop- 525. Instrumental Techniques (4); Alt Sp ment of country music from its beginnings Study of the performing and teaching as a rural southern folk tradition through its techniques of instruments of the band and emergence as a national commercial popu- orchestra. lar music industry. The emphasis is on the 526. Arranging (3); 3,0; Alt Sp processes of change that have determined the A study of the techniques of arranging instru- character and style of country music. mental and choral music for bands, choirs, and 583. Ensemble (1–2 VC); All other ensembles. Prerequisite: Mus 332 Musical performance in large- and small- 535. Selected Topic in Music (1–4 VC) group contexts, both choral and instrumental. Course in a topic or topics in music. May be See the Schedule of Classes for list of en- repeated with change of content. sembles offered during any given semester or summer session. Course may be repeated for 550. Seminar in Music (1–4 VC); All credit. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Seminar course in a topic or topics in music. 590. Independent Study (1–4 VC); All 551. Applied Music (1-2 VC); 1-2,0; Fa, Sp Individual directed study arranged with an in- Advanced private study in voice, keyboard, structor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. guitar, string, wind and percussion instruments. Students receive one 30-minute lesson per week for each credit hour and perform before a jury at the end of the semester. Course may be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 570. Full Recital (2); 2,0; Fa, Sp The student will prepare a 60-minute public recital. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 571. History of Jazz (3); 3,0; Alt Sp Study of the origins and development of jazz from traditional New Orleans jazz through big band, swing, bebop and contemporary styles. 572. Chicano and Latino Music in the USA (3); 3,0; Alt Fa An examination of the varied musical expressive forms of Spanish speaking groups in the United States, both in the Southwest (New Mexico, Texas, and California) and the East- ern seaboard (Florida and New York). 573. Blues, Rock and Soul Music (3); 3,0; Alt Fa An examination of the growth and development of blues and rock musical styles from their roots in late 19th century folk and popular traditions to New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 55

DEPARTMENT OF computer laboratories and equipment for them. COMPUTER AND MATH- There are two large teaching labs, three small EMATICAL SCIENCES research labs, a student work lab, and an area set aside for network experimentation. The Dr. Tahani Hossein, labs are equipped for the most part with ma- Interim Department Chair chines running both XP and Linux. Software Ivan Hilton Science Building, Room 505-426.2121 includes symbolic and numerical mathematics FAX: 505 454-3169 products, compilers for a good number of lan- E-MAIL: [email protected] guages, integrated development environments, web and multimedia development tools, databases, and packages for special fi elds such The Department of Computer and Math- as artifi cial intelligence. Some computers are ematical Sciences offers graduate courses in set aside for student experimentation with the mathematics, computer science, and physics. understanding that students may install any In addition a joint media arts and computer software as long as copyright laws are not science degree is offered by the Department of violated. Math and Computer Science and the Depart- ment of Communication and Fine Arts. Physics is housed in the Ivan Hilton Science Building as well as in the Engineering Build- Mission of the Department of Computer ing. Modern instrumentation and laboratories and Mathematical Sciences are provided for physics classes and research. “The Mission of the Department of Com- Dedicated computing facilities are available puter and Mathematical Sciences is to train for both introductory and advanced students, students in the fi elds of Computer Science, with access to Windows, Macintosh, and Engineering, Mathematics, and Physics. By UNIX workstations. Beginning astronomy encouraging and developing problem-solving, students have access to quality portable numerical methods, mathematical prowess, telescopes and advanced students frequently critical/analytical thinking, and practical, observe at world-class observatories. In laboratory-based skills, our students will be particular, the department has recently joined well-prepared for careers in any combination the four-university Magdalena Ridge Observa- of these fi elds, either via solid preparation for tory Research Consortium, which will build a further graduate education or immediate en- facility consisting of three 2.4 meter tele- trance into the workforce (industry, teaching, scopes. The nonlinear optics program utilizes and national labs).” a state-of-the-art ultrafast high-powered laser laboratory. Faculty John S. Jeffries (Mathematics) Master of Arts or Science in Media Arts C.J. “Tino” Mendez (Mathematics) and Computer Science (M.A. or M.S.) Joseph Sabutis (Physics) The disciplines of computer science and com- Jon Schlosser (Mathematics) munication arts are experiencing a signifi cant Curtis Sollohub (Computer Science) convergence of interests. Computer science, Hossein Tahani (Computer Science) with its interest in exploring and developing new programming paradigms, user interfaces, computer networking models, and multimedia- Resources and Facilities based technologies, is constantly offering new With its move into a new Science Building forms of human communication. The media in Fall 2004, Computer Science now has new arts professions, including graphics design, 56 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

broadcasting, as well as video and audio To promote the integration of disciplines production, have always sought new and more stressed above, all students will take a core set effective ways to express ideas, concepts, and of team taught courses. This nine-unit core is visions. Thus, they have a natural interest in the foundation of the interdisciplinary nature the possibilities offered by the technologies of this program. The ﬁ rst two courses create coming out of computer science and electron- the interdisciplinary, collective atmosphere ics engineering. The Department of Commu- that sets the tone for the rest of the program. nication and Fine Arts and the Department of Working together, students and faculty from Computer and Mathematical Sciences jointly various backgrounds will strive to create a offer a program in Media Arts and Computer common language and educate each other Science (MACS) that, depending on one’s in the core ideas of the different disciplines. program of study and background, could lead In the third course students use industrial to either a Master of Arts or Master of Science techniques and tolls in the development of a degree. sophisticated multimedia-based project. In all three courses there is time set aside to support Students can enter the program starting from the process of developing a thesis project. either a Media Arts or Computer Science perspective and develop further skills in both All students must take 6 units of thesis or areas. Key to the program is its interdisciplin- project work so the complete code looks as ary nature and students are expected to work follows: with students from other disciplines in class CS 600 Principles of Media Arts and out of class. Many of the courses are team and Computer Science (3) taught with instructors from both Media Arts CS 610 Synthesis of Media Arts and Computer Science. and Computer Science (3) CS 620 Multimedia Project While the program itself is broadly based Development (3) students are expected to develop a focused CS 697 Field Project program of study in conjunction with an advi- OR sor. Students are encourages to be innovative MACS 699 Thesis (1-6) in the development of their focus. Possibilities could grow out of networking, multimedia Required core: 15 systems, human-computer interface issues, animation and visualization. With completion of these course, students begin the process of integrating their own special The general entrance requirement for the pro- interests with the commitment to maintain gram is that a student has a bachelor’s degree an interdisciplinary, collaborative attitude. in an area related to one of the disciplines in- Students are expected to develop a focused volved in this program or a bachelor’s degree program of study in conjunction with an advi- in some unrelated area AND work experience sor. They are encouraged to be innovative in in an area related to one of the discipline the development of their focus. areas. To be accepted into the Master of Sci- ence track must have a Bachelor’s of Science As part of their program of study students degree of have a strong mathematics back- should choose at least 21 units in conjunction ground including Calculus and either Discrete with an advisor. At least one of these courses Mathematics or Linear Algebra. should be from the discipline that is NOT their Curriculum specialization - Computer Science students will take a course in Media Arts while Media New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 57

Arts students will take a Computer Science Courses in Computer Science (CS) course. 511. Computer Programming for Educators (3) Program Total: 36 An in-depth study of the BASIC and LOGO programming languages, two of the most Mathematics popular computer programming languages A mathematics student can emphasize the for use in the educational environment. This applied areas of mathematics for a future in course will have a strong pedagogic compo- industry, the theoretical areas for advanced nent, and all students will develop lesson plans study, or a combination of the two for teach- for teaching computer programming in the ers. The mathematics discipline also provides secondary school. supportive courses for academic programs throughout the university at the graduate level. 512. Scripting Languages (3); 2,2 An introduction to high-level scripting lan- Physics guages. This course uses script programming to teach the basic ideas of programming and Physics has long been regarded as the mother to introduce the object-oriented paradigm. It of the sciences because physics, in its most does not, however, teach the complexities of a basic form, allows the direct application of the standard third generation language. It is meant scientifi c method to the description and quanti- as an introduction for students who wish to tative understanding of elementary phenomena understand programming principles without that are accessible by direct observation. learning the details. The central role played by physics in the ex- 514. The C++ Programming position of modern scientifi c reasoning makes Language (3); 2,3; Fa, Sp physics fundamental to the understanding of An in-depth study of the C++ program- all science and engineering. Consequently, ming language. The signifi cant features of the physics curriculum is designed not only the language will be discussed with special to teach the student the fundamental concepts emphasis on those that relate to object oriented and laws of physics, but also to develop practi- programming. cal and analytical tools for problem-solving 515. JAVA Programming (3); 2,2; Fa through use of the scientifi c method. Topics Introduction to object-oriented programming in physics range from the largest dimen- language. Numerous programs will be written sions, as in astronomy and cosmology, to to exercise the material covered. Prerequisite: the smallest, as in sub-atomic and particle Permission of instructor. physics. Students of physics progress from an 516. Advanced Computer Programming empirical description of the laws of physics to with Data Structures (3); 2,3; Fa, Sp an understanding of the fundamental forces of Topics include the principles of software nature at the frontiers of science. The ability engineering, debugging and testing, string pro- to identify problems, formulate solutions and cessing, internal searching and sorting, simple communicate these fi ndings to others are all data structures, recursion, and object-oriented highly marketable skills. Today, people with programming. In addition, students explore a physics background are in demand in many how to best teach the material. Prerequisite: different careers from stock market analysis to CS 514 with a “C” or better or permission of environmental monitoring. instructor. 58 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

518. Multimedia Programming (3); 2,2; Sp systems. Prerequisite: CS 527 or permission of Introduction to programming multimedia ap- instructor. plications. Numerous programs will be written 531. Database Management (3); 3,0; Fa to exercise the material covered. Prerequisite: The development of the major types of database Programming experience and permission of systems, providing the framework for some instructor. experience with at least one database model. 521. Advanced Data Structures and Assignments will include accessing, updating, Algorithm Development (3); Alt Sp and organizing a database. The use of a relational An investigation of computer data structures model will be emphasized along with various with an emphasis on the design and develop- database inquiry systems, including natural ment of effi cient algorithms for solving a wide language-like systems. Prerequisite: CS 516 with variety of common computing problems. The a minimum of “C” or permission of instructor. course also covers the analysis and mea- 532. Advanced Database surement of the performance of algorithms. Management (3); Alt Sp Prerequisite: Grades of at least “C” in CS 345, An investigation into advanced topics in CS 350, and Math 317. information management and retrieval. The 525. Computer Hardware Installation focus of the course may change from year to and Maintenance (1); 0,2; Fa, Sp year. Some example topics that may be taught: A practical investigation of the processes multimedia databases, building digital librar- involved in the installation and debugging ies, relational or object oriented implementa- of complex computer hardware systems tion, building database-driven web sites, text including disk controllers, sounds and graphic and image information retrieval, data mining, boards, communication hardware, and various students will be expected to read and report on peripherals. Students will work on their own research literature related to the course topic. and in teams to build computer systems. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 526. Computer Software Installation 535. Selected Topics in Computer and Maintenance (1); 0,2; Fa, Sp Science (1 - 4 VC) A practical investigation of the processes Course in a topic or topics in computer sci- involved in the installation of complex com- ence. May be repeated with change of content. puter software including operating systems, 536. Human-Computer communication packages, and Windows-based Interaction (3); 3,0; Alt Fa programs. Students will work on their own This course investigates theory and practice in and in teams to both prepare computers for Human-Computer Interaction. Students will installation and actually install a wide range study the impact of Human perception and of computer software. Prerequisite: CS 525 or cognition on user interface design and learn to permission of instructor. use tools for building graphical user interface 527. UNIX and Systems (GUIs) and speech interfaces. In addition, each Administration (1); 0,2; Fa student will design and implement a user inter- A hands-on introduction to the UNIX op- face. Prerequisite: CS 516 with a minimum erating system with an emphasis on system grade of “C” or permission of instructor. administration and networking. Prerequisite: 542. Computer Systems Graduate standing and knowledge of at least Architecture (3); 3,0 one other operating system. Acquaints the student with the way a computer 528. C and UNIX (3); 3,0; Fa works internally. Topics to be covered include C programming language and system pro- basic logic design, data coding, parity genera- gramming on UNIX and LINUX operating tion and detection, number representation and New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 59 arithmetic, and computer architecture. Prereq- to the management of LANs. Includes topics uisites: CS 341 and CS 516 with a minimum related to repair, setup, management and main- grade of “C” or permission of instructor. tenance of LANs. Prerequisite: CS 557, MIS 543. Operating Systems (3); Alt Fa 520 or experience with computer networks, A study of the concepts associated with the with permission of instructor. modern operating system. Topics will include 559. Network Security (3); Alt Sp supervisors, command processors, device This course addresses security issues for TCP/ drivers, interrupt handlers, queue manag- IP-based and NT networks, access control and ers, resource managers, memory allocation communications security. Prerequisite: CS schemes, process activation and control, and 557, MIS 520, or permission of instructor. timesharing or multi-task control. Prerequisite: 561. Programming Languages (3); Alt Fa CS 341. A comparative study of programming languag- 551. Software Engineering (3); Alt Sp es and their features. The course is aimed at A study of the concepts and techniques of soft- developing an understanding of the organiza- ware engineering. Emphasis will be object- tion of programming languages, especially the oriented design principles, the integration of run-time behavior of programs. Students will systems analysis methodologies into software gain experience with a variety of languages. engineering, and topics such as formal speci- Prerequisite: CS 245 and one other program- fi cations and proof of program correctness. ming language course. Prerequisite: CS 350. 562. Compiler Design (3) 555. Computer Graphics (3) Formal treatment of programming language To provide an introduction to the applications interpreter, translator, and compiler design and basic techniques involved in the general concepts. Topics include lexical analysis, pars- fi eld of computer graphics. The course will ing, code generation, and code optimization. be a combination of surveying the different Emphasis will be on the theoretical aspects hardware and software used in graphic sys- of parsing context-free languages, translation tems and of implementing some basic graphic specifi cations, and machine-independent code algorithms. Students will have access to SGI improvement. Programming projects that hardware and software. Prerequisite: CS 516, demonstrate various concepts will be assigned. Math 331 or permission of instructor. Prerequisite: CS 561. 556. Internet Services (3); 2,2; Fa 563. Web Programming (3); 2,2; Sp An introduction to telecommunications and Introduction to programming on the Internet. the Internet. This course introduces the use of Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Internet for both research and problem-solv- 564. Network Programming (3); ing. Students will be expected to develop tools To extend the students’ knowledge for enhancing and accessing the Internet. and practice in analysis, design, and 557. Computer Networks (3); Fa programming of computer networks. A study of the major concepts of computer Prerequisites: CS 245 and CS 528 networks and data communications. Topics 571. Artifi cial Intelligence (3); Alt Sp discussed will include data communication net- A general introduction to the theories and working, computer communications architectures problems involved in the development of and protocols as well as applications including computer-based intelligence systems with Local Area Networks (LAN) and Wide Area specifi c emphasis on knowledge representa- Networks (WAN). Cross-listed as: MIS 520. tion and search. The focus will be on artifi cial 558. Network Management (3); Alt Sp intelligence research that provides information Application of networking concepts related 60 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

for the understanding of human intelligence in-depth investigation of its theoretical under- and on application research in areas such as pinnings, from the three diverse perspectives; expert systems, natural language systems, and the cognitive perspective, the social perspec intelligent computer aided instruction. tive, and the cultural perspective. 572. Cognitive Science (3) Prerequisites: CS 245, Math 320 An interdisciplinary investigation of the 577. Parallel and Distributed foundations of human knowledge representa- Programming (3); Fa, Sp tion and understanding, the functioning of the This course introduces algorithms and human mind, and how these impact on recent techniques for programming highly parallel computer technologies. Cross-listed as: Psy computers. Topics covered include trends in 572 and Phil 572. parallel and distributed computing; shared ad- 573. Artifi cial Neural Networks (3); Fa, Sp dress space and message passing architectures; Basic Neurobiology; Neural Networks; Single design issues for parallel algorithms; convert- Neuron Models; Single Layer Perceptrons; ing sequential algorithms into equivalent Multi-Layer Perceptrons; Radial Basis Func- parallel algorithms; synchronization and data tion networks; Committee machines; Kohonen sharing; improving performance of parallel al- networks; Applications of neural networks. gorithms; interconnection network topologies, Prerequisites: CS 245 and Math 273 routing, and fl ow control; latency limits on 574. Machine Learning speedup of algorithms by parallel implementa- Algorithms (3); Fa, Sp tions. Design, coding, performance analysis, This course studies different machine learning debugging and other aspects of parallel algo- techniques/paradigms, including decision rithm development will be covered. Prerequi- trees, neural networks, genetic algorithms, sites: CS 245 and CS 421 Bayesian leaning, rule learning, and reinforce- 590. Independent Study (1 - 4 VC) ment learning. The applications of these tech- Independent study arranged with an instructor. niques to problems in data analysis, knowl- Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. edge discovery and data mining are discussed. 592. Independent Research (1 - 4 VC) Prerequisites: CS 245, Math 320, Math 345 Independent research arranged with an instruc- (Stat) recommended tor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 575. Image Processing (3); Fa, Sp 600. Principles of Media Arts and The course will provide mathematical founda- Computer Science (3); Fa tions and practical techniques for digital manipu- An interdisciplinary investigation of the termi- lation of images; preprocessing; segmentation; nology, roots, assumptions and principles that Fourier domain processing; and compression. underlie the merging disciplines of computer Prerequisites: CS 245 and Math 320 science, mass communications, and design 576. Animation and studies. Cross-listed as: MArt 600. Visualization (3); Fa, Sp 610. Synthesis of Media Arts and Computer-based graphical representations, Computer Science (3); Sp or visualizations, or scientifi c processes and An interdisciplinary synthesis of the prin- phenomena have become commonplace in sci- ciples that underlie the merging disciplines of entifi c communities. For example, geologists computer science, mass communications, and like to visualize plate tectonics; meteorologists design studies. Cross-listed as: MArt 610. like to visualize weather systems; and computer scientists like to visualize algorithms. After briefl y surveying the use of visualization in scientifi c communities, this course pursues an New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 61

620. Multimedia Project Development (3); Fa 699. Thesis (1 –6 VC) A study of the processes, techniques, and tools Individual research and writing in preparation used in the development of sophisticated mul- of a graduate thesis. Prerequisite: Permission timedia-based projects. The courses focuses of instructor. on both the theoretical and practical aspects of multimedia design and programming. A Courses in Mathematics (Math) key component of the course is the completion of a project that combines the various tools 501. Discrete Chaos and Fractals (3); Fa,Sp and techniques discussed in the course. The An introduction to fractal geometry and course will also involve student presentations discrete dynamics in one dimension. Topics on the research related to their thesis or proj- include stability of one dimensional maps, pe- ect. Prerequisites: CS or MArt 600 or 610 riodic points, bifurcations, period three orbis, 635. Selected Topics in Sharkovsky’s theorem, Schwarzian deriva- Computer Science (3) tive, chaos in one, metric spaces, transitivity, Course in a topic or topics in computer science. conjugacy, fractals, fractal dimension, Julia May be repeated with change of content. Prereq- and Mandelbrot sets. Prerequisite: Math 317 uisite: CS 535 in the same topic area. and Math 275 with a minimum grade of “C”, or permissions of instructor. 650. Seminar: Project Development (1); Fa, Sp 502. Discrete Dynamical Sytems A seminar that focuses on the process of writing and Chaos (3); Fa,Sp a thesis or project with specifi c emphasis on A continuation of Math 401 in higher dimen- literature search. Students will propose a topic sions. Topics include discrete linear dynami- and develop an annotated bibliography using as cal systems, orbits, stability, spectral decom- many different search modalities as possible. position theorem, affi ne systems, nonlinear Cross-listed as: Mart 650. dynamical systems, bounded invariance, global stability of fi xed points, sinks, repellers 651. Seminar: Literature Review and saddles, bifuraction, attractors, Li-Yorke and Methodology (1); Fa, Sp chaos, hyperbolic Anosov Toral Automor- A seminar that focuses on the process of phism, and more on fractal dimension. developing a formal thesis/project proposal as Prerequisite: Math 320 and Math 501 with a well as writing chapters 1 and 2 of a thesis or minimum grade of “C”. project. Prerequisite: CS 650, Comm 650, or Des 650. Cross-listed as: Mart 651. 504. Introduction to Numerical Analysis (3); Alt Fa 652. Seminar: Interdisciplinary An introduction to numerical methods for Reports (1); Fa, Sp determining the roots of nonlinear equations, The presentations by students of their process numerical interpolation and integration, and on their thesis or project. The focus will be numerical methods for approximating solu- on interdisciplinary presentations that allow tions to ordinary differential equations. Prereq- students from one discipline to understand uisite: Math 320, and Math 325 and permis- a subject from another discipline and on the sion of instructor. development of collaborative efforts. Prereq- uisite: CS 651, Comm 651, or Des 651. Cross- 506. College Geometry (4); 3,2; Fa,Sp listed as: Mart 652. A rigorous treatment of the elements of Euclidena geometry and hyperbolic geometry. 697. Field Project (1 –6 VC) Prerequisite: Math 317 with a grade of “C” or Individual fi eld research and writing in prepara- better, or permission of instructor. tion of a graduate fi eld project (equivalent to a thesis). Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 62 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

507. Mathematical Models (3) 526. Introduction to Complex Overview of model construction with many Variable (3); Fa,Sp different examples. The course includes dif- An introduction to the properties of analytic ferential equations, Markov chains, linear functions. Topics include mappings, limits, programming, zero sum games, graphs, and continuity, differentiation, Cauchy-Riemann queues, with computer simulations of some of equations, harmonic functions and branch the above. Prerequisite: Math 320 and Math points, deﬁ nite integrals and the Cauchy- 325 with a grade of “C” or better. Goursat theorem, Cauchy integral formula, 510. Optimization Techniques (3) maximum modulus theorem, Liouville’s theo- The study of unconstrained and constrained optimi- rem, fundamental theorm of algebra, Taylor zation computational algorithms. Prerequisite: Math and Laurent series, residues and poles, analytic 320 and Math 343 with a “C” or better. continuation and Poisson integral. Prerequisite: Math 525 with a minimim grade of “C”. 515. Introduction to Cryptography (3); Alt Fa 532. Abstract Algebra (3); Sp An introductory course on the mathematics of Topics from groups, rings, and ﬁ eld theory. cryptography. Topics include column trans- Prerequisite: Math 313 and Math 331. position, monoalphabetic and polyalphabetic 535. Selected Topic in ciphers, the one-time pad, the Hill cipher, and Mathematics (1 –4 VC) cipher machines. Prerequisite: Math 317 with Course in a topic or topics in mathematics. a grade of “C” or better. May be repeated with change of content. 517. Mathematical Statistics II (3) 544. Matrix Theory with A continuation of Math 345 covering the top- Applications (3); Fa,Sp ics of contingency tables, multiple regression, A study of advanced topics in linear algebra analysis of variance, and other special topics and the theory of matrices with emphasis on in mathematical statistics including multivari- computer-based applications. Topics include ate topics. Prerequisite: Math 345 with a “C” eigenvalues, eigenvectors, similarity, charac- or better. teristic and minimal polynomials, diagonaliz- 519. Modern Methods of able matrices, and symmetic matrices, Jordan Cryptography (3); Fa,Sp canonical form, vector and matrix norms, A study of modern methods of cryptography spectral radius , stable matrices, functions of and their applications. Topics include the matrices, non-negative matrices and Perron- Data Encryption Standard, the RSA public- Frobenius theory, differential equations, stabil- key cryptosystem, Digital Signatures, and ity, location of eigenvalues, Rayleigh quotient Quantum Cryptography. Prerequisite: Math and Gersgorin’s Theorem, matric polynomials, 515 with a grade of “C” or better. solvents and analytic matrix functions. Pre- prequisite: Math 317, Math 320 and Math 325 525. Introduction to Real Analysis (3); Fa with a minimum grade of “C”. This course is to give students a solid background in theoretical graduate analysis; with 550. Seminar in Mathematics (1 –4 VC) the theory and deeper understanding of calcu- Seminar course in a topic or topics in math- lus stressed. Students are introduced to proofs ematics. that motivate them toward clear thought and 560. Applied Multivariate Statistics I (3) understanding of limits, continuity, differen- Introductory matrix analysis for statistics, tiation, and series. This provides a rigorous multivariate distributions, multiple regression, training in mathematical thinking. Prerequi- multiple analysis of variance and covariance, sites: Math 301, Math 320, and Math 273 with principal component analysis, and canonical a minimum grade of “C”. correlations. Prerequisite: Math 320. New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 63

561. Applied Multivariate Statistics II (3) 568. Solid State Physics (4); 3,1 recitation A continuation of Math 560, including dis- Mechanical and thermal properties of solids, criminant analysis, factor analysis, categorical the electron theory of metals, and band theory. techniques, distance concepts, and cluster Prerequisite: Phys 461 or Phys 561. analysis. Prerequisite: Math 560. 590-690. Independent Study (1 – 4 VC) 590. Independent Study (1 –4 VC) Independent study arranged with an instructor. Independent study arranged with an instructor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 592. Independent Research (1 – 4 VC) 592. Independent Research (1 –4 VC) Independent research arranged with an instruc- Individual, directed research arranged with an tor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor instructor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.

Courses in Physics (Phys) 502. Statistical Mechanics (3) Mechanical theory of the thermodynamics of gases, including ensembles and distributions; connection between statistical and thermody- namic quantities. Quantum statistics will be emphasized. Prerequisite: Phys 292 and Math 325. 521. Electricity and Magnetism I (4); Fa Electrostatics, dielectrics, boundary value problems, magnetism, Maxwell’s equations, electromagnetic theory of radiation and light, interference, and diffraction scattering. Prereq- uisite: Phys 292 and Math 325. 522. Electricity and Magnetism II (3); Sp Continuation of Physics 521, with an emphasis on applications. Prerequisite: Phys 521. 535. Selected Topic in Physics (2 – 3 VC) Course in a topic or topics in physics. May be repeated with a change in content. 550. Seminar in Physics (1-4 VC) Seminar course in a topic or topics in physics. 561. Quantum Mechanics I (4); 3,1 recitation; Fa The algebra of quantum mechanics; the Hamiltonian; examples in a ﬁ nite basis; the Schroedinger equation; examples in one- and three-dimensions. Prerequisite: Phys 361 and Math 325. 562. Quantum Mechanics II (3); Sp Continuation of Phys 561, with an emphasis on applications. Prerequisite: Phys 561. 64 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

DEPARTMENT OF by training graduates to work in appropriate HUMANITIES ﬁ elds utilizing historical and political skills and knowledge. The program is committed to Department Chair preserving, interpreting, and promoting the Douglas Hall, Room 144 unique multicultural heritage of the region. 505 454-3414 FAX: 505 454-3389 The success of the university depends upon E-MAIL: N/A an appreciation of the region’s cultural and linguistics identities. New Mexico Highlands Mission of the Department of University’s graduate program in Languages Humanities and Literature is committed to developing The Department of Humanities includes the broadly literate students educated in analyti- disciplines of English, Philosophy, History, cal and critical thought and promoting a wide Political Science, and Languages. Its mis- understanding of the liberal arts and sciences. sion is to provide quality education leading to Because of its location and student population, intellectual growth and professional success. NMHU recognizes the importance of Spanish Majors and/or minors are offered in each area language and culture in the local and global of Humanities. community.

The English program endeavors to develop Faculty fl uency in the use of English through critical, Regina Briefs-Elgin (Composition) creative, and technical writing. The depart- Helen Aparicio Blythe (English) mental curriculum is designed to meet a Peter Linder (History) variety of interests: literature, creative writing, Roy Lujan (History, Political Science) linguistics, rhetoric, cultural studies, mythol- A. Manafy (Political Science) ogy, and professional writing. Study of Eng- Daniel Martinez (English) lish prepares students for careers in teaching, Barbara Risch (English Linguistics) publishing, arts, journalism, technical writing, Veronica Saunero-Ward (Spanish, Italian) business, law, and government. Carmen Vidal-Lieberman (Spanish, Portu- guese) Philosophy involves critical and refl ective Alice Lee Stauffer (Philosophy) thinking about beliefs, values, and modes of Eduardo Tafoya (Creative Writing- Fiction, knowledge. Our program offers courses for American Lit., New Testament) students of all disciplines in such areas as Steve Williams (History) critical thinking, ethics, art and aesthetics, and Donna Woodford (Enlgish) philosophy of science. Resources and Facilities History and Political Science forms an English and Philosophy are located in Douglas academic unit serving the undergraduate and Hall, a newly renovated building that houses graduate student body with a wide range of classrooms, the Writing Center, the Language courses and possibilities for study. Historical Learning Center, and offi ces for faculty and and political understanding and awareness graduate assistants in the humanities. are perceived as one of the chief attributes The English program provides the services of of a functional and involved citizen of the the Writing Center to students in all university United States. It is the mission of this program courses as well as in English composition to provide services that will contribute to courses. The facility offers individual tutoring the realization to the general populace and and small group work. Teaching assistants in New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 65 the English M.A. program begin learning tu- culture and languages. The program offers toring pedagogy while working at the Writing beginning and intermediate courses in Spanish Center during their fi rst semester. language to students across campus. Spanish is the language of instruction, except when noted The English program houses Sendero, a otherwise in course descriptions. The Spanish national humanities journal that publishes major emphasizes skills and knowledge in poetry, fi ction, and essays in Spanish, Navajo, Spanish language, literary analysis and ap- and English. Students earn practicum credit preciation, international and cultural contexts, for their work in the production of the journal. and applied course work in written and oral The department also sponsors a chapter of the communication. international English honor society, Sigma Tau Delta. Introductory and intermediate-level courses are offered in American Sign Language and The socio-cultural richness of northern New other languages to meet the demand for expo- Mexico provides one context for historical and sure to the important languages of the world. political studies at New Mexico Highlands Courses may also be offered in French, Portu- University. Las Vegas is one of the outstand- guese, Navajo, Italian, and other languages as ing historical communities in the Southwest, the department continues to grow. making it a living laboratory for studies in regional history and historical preservation. The program’s Language Learning Center The programs capitalize on the University’s (LLC) is equipped with computers, recorders, proximity to Santa Fe, the state capital, in and a large media collection of audiovisual offering contacts with state policy-makers programs and recordings. Thomas C. Donnelly and research opportunities to both faculty and Library has more than 5,000 titles in Span- students in the New Mexico State Archives ish culture and literature, with especially rich and State Library. holdings in the Golden Age of Spanish literature. International studies are enhanced by Research in local history and politics is based the university’s International Students’ Club, in the area’s old Hispanic villages, nineteenth and language students participate in an active century towns, Fort Union and Pecos National Spanish Club. Monuments, local churches, and schools. Ge- nealogical and archival studies are conducted English through the University library’s resources in The English program offers advanced instruc- local journals, the Arrott collection of regional tion in literature, linguistics, creative writ- military materials, and microfi lms of major ing, rhetoric, and composition. It is designed county and church records. The history disci- to provide a strong foundation in advanced pline sponsors a chapter of the national honor research methods for the study of English; society in history, Phi Alpha Theta. a thorough background in the history and development of the English language; current Students of language at NMHU hear Spanish theories in linguistics, literary criticism, aes- spoken in the community and on campus ev- thetics, and writing; and a variety of electives ery day. The university’s location in northern in the three emphasis areas. New Mexico, where 70 percent of the population is Hispanic, offers a richly varied setting The graduate program serves regional second- for studies in local, regional, and international ary school teachers, prospective community 66 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

college teachers, students who plan to enter Engl 523 Milton (3) Ph.D. programs, and students who seek stron- Engl 535 Selected Topic in ger credentials in English for careers in jour- English (3) nalism, publication, and professional writing. Engl 545 Cultural Criticism Philosophy & Theory (3) Engl 550-650 Seminar in Engl (1-4) Courses in aesthetics and cognitive science Engl 582 Lit of the SW (3) serve as electives in the English graduate Engl 591 Arthurian Lit (3) program. Engl 610 Major Amer Poets (3) Engl 636 Var of Romanticism (3) Master of Arts in English (M.A.) Engl 641 Hist of Pop Lit (3) Students should consult with the director of Phil 540 Philosophy of Art graduate studies in English prior to registra- & Aesthetics (3) tion each term for advisement. During the ﬁ rst Span 560 Survey Hisp Lit meeting, the director and student will develop of SW (3) a long-term plan for completing the program. Span 652 Cont Chicano Writers Required core: of SW (3) Engl 502 Literary Theory (3) Concentration Total: 21 Engl 541 Hist of the Engl Program Total: 36 Lang (3) Engl 601 Res Meth in Engl (3) Concentration in Language, Rhetoric, and Engl 699 Thesis (6) Composition Required course for teaching assistants: Choose seven courses from the following: Engl 515 Meth of Tutoring & Anth 561 Comm & Culture (3) Teaching Writing (3) Comm 518 Desktop Pub (3) Core Total: 15 Comm 533 Feature Writing (3) Comm 536 Scriptwriting (3) Students should take 9 hours of elective in Comm 545 Screenwriting (3) their emphasis area and the remainder from Engl 500 Creative Writing: Exp any area. Please note that for Creative Writing Fiction (3) Students, 3 of their 9 credits must be in ENGL Engl 501 Creative Writing: Adv 671. Electives may also include other faculty- Poetry (3) approved courses. Engl 515 Meth of Tutoring & Teaching Writing (3) Concentration in Literature Engl 535 Selected Topic in Choose seven courses from the following: English (3) Engl 502 Literary Theory (3) Engl 543 Sociolinguistics (3) Engl 511 Major American Engl 550-650 Seminar in Engl (1-4) Writers (3) Engl 563 Rhetoric and Engl 512 Major British Reality (3) Writers (3) Engl 564 Women & Engl 513 Major World Rhetoric (3) Writers (3) Engl 565 Non-Fiction Prose (3) Engl 514 Literary Realism (3) Engl 585 Stylistics (3) Engl 521 Chaucer (3) Engl 522 Shakespeare (3) Engl 651 Images & Words: New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 67

Semiotics (3) ing eyewitnesses of recent events to research- Engl 661 Literacy and ing old diaries and letters or in public or Orality (3) private documents and records, to compiling Engl 671 Creative Writing computer-generated data on people and their Workshop (3) activities. The history faculty at NMHU en- Phil 572 Cognitive Science (3) courage students to make connections between Concentration Total: 21 their own lives and times and the past. Program Total: 36 Students of history may seek careers in teach- Concentration in Creative Writing ing or professional applications, and many will Students must take nine credits in creative continue for an advanced degree or enter law writing courses, including at least three credits school. Professional applications of history of Engl 671: Creative Writing Workshop. and social science include a variety of careers This course may be repeated with a change in public affairs, business, and the private sec- of content. Creative writers may choose an tor, where research, communication, and other additional 12 credits of electives from either of liberal arts skills are valued. Some history stu- the ﬁ rst two emphasis areas. dents obtain positions in museums or archival Concentration Total: 21 settings or in historical research and preserva- Program Total: 36 tion for private and public institutions.

Examinations Political Science All students must pass a written qualifying Aristotle characterized politics as the “queen examination based on a reading list approved of the sciences.” Political Science is, in one by the Master of Arts Committee. sense, an ancient discipline and, in another sense, one of the most recently developed Language Requirement social sciences. The origins of the study of In addition to the 36 credits required for the politics reach back to the beginnings of human M.A., students must demonstrate reading society, for people have always made observa- knowledge of a language other than English. tions about the nature of their government. It The language requirement may be fulfi lled by: is also true that political science, as it is taught (1) completing the fi nal course of a four-se- today, is a very new discipline, as current mester undergraduate sequence in a language scholars have attempted to move from obser- with a grade of “B”; (2) completing a 300- or vations about politics to scientifi c observations 400- level course with a grade of “B”; (3) about politics. Political science, in the broadest passing the Princeton language test; or (4) sense, is the study of governments, governing passing a comparable test administered by the procedures and political processes. The politi- Department of Humanities. cal science faculty encourage students to make connections between the theoretical (or text- History book) study of government/politics and how Historians investigate the past so that they government affects their lives in contemporary can understand the present – “how we came times. NMHU enables a special focus on the to be, where we are, and what we are.” The Southwest and minority political studies. word “history” derives from the Greek word for “inquiry” or “to know.” Historians, broadly Students in political science may seek careers speaking, are interested in the social, political, in government, teaching, or private industry. economic, and religious daily affairs of all The political science major serves as excellent people. Their methods range from interview- preparation for law school or other academic 68 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

pursuits, such as graduate study. It provides are available to capitalize on the region’s rich pre-professional training for governmental or social, cultural, and institutional resources. public sector positions involving policy-mak- The program’s faculty – from sociology, an- ing or administration. Representative employ- thropology, history, political science, econom- ers are government agencies at the national, ics, and literature – are engaged in many kinds state, or local levels, corporations and research of research, with special interests in regional institutions. and cultural dimensions.

Master of Arts in Public Affairs The program is administered by and through (M.A.) the discipline of History and Political Science. The Master of Arts in Public Affairs combines The course listings for this program may be studies in sociology, political science, eco- found among the separate discipline listings nomics, anthropology, literature, and history for anthropology, business, history, political in an interdisciplinary emphasis. The program science, sociology, and Spanish. gives a comprehensive understanding of the social and cultural environment in the public Required core: and private spheres through a core of courses Choose 12 to 15 credits from the following: taken by all students in political theory, classi- Anth 650 Sem: Concepts of cal social theory and historical thought, human Human Culture (3) culture, and economic theory. Hist 615 Cont Hist Thought(3) PolS 563 Political Economy (3) Students then select courses from one of the PolS 654 Sem: The State (3) following concentration ﬁ elds: political and gov- Soc 539 Classical Social ernmental process, applied sociology, economic Theories (3) processes, and historical and cross-cultural per- Core Total: 12 – 15 spectives. Each student receives training in appropriate research methodologies and completes Choose concentrations from: a thesis or two professional papers. Political & Governmental Processes Historical & Cross-Cultural Perspectives This program will prepare students for doctoral Administration (see Behavioral Sciences) studies and may provide enrichment for profes- Applied Sociology (see Behavioral Sciences) sionals in public careers such as law, politics, or Elective substitutions in the following con- government service. The program also provides centration areas may be made with faculty and advanced preparation for teachers. The interdis- discipline approval in the concentration area. ciplinary nature of the program is well suited to Concentration in Political and Governmental such purposes. It combines theory and practice in Processes the following areas: historical and cross-cultural Complete 12 to 15 credits from the follow- analysis; archival research; personal and par- ing: ticipant observation, interview, and survey tech- PolS 510 American Const (3) niques; statistical analysis, model building, and PolS 515 Govt & Bus (3) simulation as applied to analysis of social and PolS 517 Legis Process (3) cultural trends; political and economic policy at PolS 518 Admin Law & Proc (3) local, regional, national, and international levels; PolS 519 Public Admin (3) and organizational and institutional processes. PolS 546 Govt & Politics in Latin Amer (3) The program’s geographic location in a multi- PolS 551 Sem: New Mexico ethnic region of the Southwest brings unique Govt & Politics (3) perspectives. Field and practicum experiences New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 69

PolS 553 IR, Human Rights & six-hour thesis requirement, subject to approv- Int’l Law (3) al by the student’s advisor and committee, and PolS 558 Pol Theory & Phil (3) the chair of the Department of Humanities. PolS 560 The Amer & Soviet Systems (3) Program Total: 36 PolS 563 Political Econ (3) PolS 611 Sem: SW Politics (3) Master of Arts In Southwest Studies PolS 614 Sem: Public (M.A.) Policies (3) The Master of Arts in Southwest Studies Concentration Total: 12-15 marshals interdisciplinary resources in the study of anthropology, history and political Concentration in Historical and science, and Hispanic language and literature Cross-Cultural Perspectives of the Southwest. Students complete a core of Complete 12 to 15 credits from the follow- courses in Southwestern prehistory and his- ing: tory; social, political, and cultural dynamics, Anth 525 Cont Latin American and contemporary writers. In addition, each Sociocultural Sys (3) student selects one of three specialized op- Anth 561 Comm and tions: anthropology, with courses in ﬁ elds such Culture (3) as human geography and Indians of the South- Anth 573 Women, Men, & west; history and political science, including Cult (3) courses in Chicano leadership, the American Anth 611 Dynamics & Chg (3) frontier, legislative process, and New Mexico Hist 513 US Since WW II (3) since statehood; or Hispanic language and Hist 514 Amer Presidency (3) literature, including folklore studies, New Hist 640 Seminar: Mexico (3) Mexican and Southwestern Spanish language, Hist 650 Sem: The US (3) and a comprehensive survey of Hispanic Span 503 Latin American Lit: traditions. Instruction in appropriate research Short Story (3) methodologies then prepares each student for Span 504 Latin American Lit: the culminating experience of a thesis. Novel (3) Span 531 Spain: Civilization & Because of its multi-ethnic composition, Cult (3) varied traditions, and rich history, the Ameri- Span 532 Latin America: can Southwest lends itself to interesting and Civilization & Cult (3) important studies. NMHU offers a breadth of Span 533 NM & SW: faculty experience, well-equipped laboratories, Civilization & Cult (3) linkages with such regional organizations as Span 650 Sem: Spanish SW (3) the Mexican-American Research Consor- Contration Total: 12-15 tium in Higher Education (MARCHE), and opportunities for students to travel through a Research Requirement: 3 study-abroad program. Hist 620 Res Meth in Hist & Pol Sci (3) The program is administered by and through Complete six credits in Thesis, in the disci- the discipline of History and Political Science. pline of the concentration.* The course listings for this program may be found among the separate discipline listings * Six additional hours of coursework and two for anthropology, history, political science, professional papers may be substituted for the sociology, and Spanish. 70 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

Required core: Spanish Choose 12 to 15 credits from the following The Languages and Literature program offers list: advanced instruction in the Spanish language Anth 513 Archeology of SW (3) and in Hispanic literature and culture. While Hist 618 Sem:The SW (3) the curriculum emphasizes Hispanic civiliza- PolS 611 Sem: SW Politics (3) tion of the American Southwest, students may Span 652 Sem: Cont Hisp elect to develop their studies through courses Writers of the SW (3) in Peninsular and Latin American civilization. Soc 524 Soc & Cult Dyn of the Southwest (3) Master of Arts in Southwest Studies OR (M.A.) Anth 524 Soc & Cult Dyn of the Southwest (3) Required core: Core Total: 12 – 15 Choose 12 to 15 credits from the following: Anth 513 Archeology of SW (3) Concentration in History/ Hist 618 Sem:The SW (3) Political Science PolS 611 Sem: SW Politics (3) Complete 12 to 15 credits from the follow- Span 652 Sem: Cont Hisp ing list: Writers of the SW (3) Hist 501 The Chicano Exp (3) Soc 524 Soc & Cult Dyn of Hist 503 Chicano Ldrshp (3) the Southwest (3) Hist 506 Nrth Amer Frntrs (3) OR Hist 552 Sem: NM History (3) Anth 524 Soc & Cult Dyn of Hist 553 Hist of the SW (3) the Southwest (3) Hist 605 Sem: The Trans- Core Total: 12-15 Mississippi West (3) Elective substitutions in the following con- Hist 619 Sem: NM Since centration area may be made with faculty and Statehood (3) discipline approval in the concentration area. Hist 640 Sem: Mexico (3) The course listings for this program may be PolS 517 The Legis Process (3) found among the separate discipline listings PolS 614 Sem: Public for anthropology, history, political science, Policies (3) sociology, and Spanish. Concentration Total: 12-15 Concentration in Hispanic Language Requirement in Research: 3 & Literature Hist 620 Res Meth in Hist & Required courses: Pol Sci (3) Choose 15 credits from the following: Complete six credits in Thesis, in the disci- Span 520 Chicano Short Story pline of the concentration.* of the SW (3) * Six additional hours of coursework and two Span 531 Spain: Civil & Cult (3) professional papers may be substituted for the Span 532 Latin Amer: Civil & six-hour thesis requirement, subject to approv- Cult (3) al by the student’s advisor and committee, and Span 533 NM & SW Civil & the chair of the Department of Humanities. Cult (3) Span 536 Studies in Hisp Lit (3) Program Total: 36 Span 546 NM during the 19th & 20th Centuries (3) New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 71

Span 558 Colonial Lit of the 511. Major American Writers (3) Americas (3) In-depth student of a major author or authors, Span 562 SW Folklore (3) school, genre, tradition in American literature. Span 567 Hist of Span Lang (3) Possible topics: literature of the American Span 570 Chicano Novel of the West; American Modernism; American poetry. Southwest (3) May be repeated with change of content. Span 575 Hisp Women Writings 512. Major British Writers (3) of U.S. in Translat (3) In-depth study of a major author or authors, Concentration Total: 15 school, genre, or tradition of British literature. Possible topics: Byron and the “Satanic Research Requirement: 3 School,” The British Moderns (Lawrence, Span 600 Rsrch Meth in Span/ Woolf, Joyce). May be repeated with change Modern Lang(3) of content. Complete six credits in Thesis in the discipline 513. Major World Writers (3) of the concentration.* In-depth study of a major author or authors, school, genre, or tradition of world literature, * Thesis, or two publishable papers, must be generally excluding British and American written in Spanish. Six additional hours of works. Possible topics: Kafka and the Kaf- coursework and two publishable papers, may kaesque, ancient erotic literature, post-colonial be substituted for the six-hour thesis require- African fi ction, the epic, Eastern spiritual clas- ment, subject to approval by the student’s sics. May be repeated with change of content. advisor and committee, and the chair of the Department of Humanities. 514. Literary Realism (3) Program Total: 36 Covers the international development of the theory and practice of the realist novel. Courses in English (Engl) 515. Methods of Tutoring and 500. Creative Writing: Teaching Writing (3) Experimental Fiction (3) This course will prepare students to tutor and Advanced fi ction writing with an emphasis on teach basic readers and writers (college-level). experimental techniques, styles, and approach- Students will study composition theory and es, including stream-of-consciousness and develop a course syllabus and materials for fi ctive-autobiography. The reading component teaching a writing class. Students will also tu- of this course will include theoreticak and tor college writers as part of their course work. creative texts. 521. Chaucer (3) 501. Creative Writing: Advanced Poetry (3) Intensive study of The Canterbury Tales and A writing workshop for experienced poets. selected minor works. Students will write original poems and read 522. Shakespeare (3) 20th century poetry and poetics from the Intensive study of a group of Shakespeare’s United States and around the world. Prerequi- plays, such as comedies, tragedies, Greek site: Permission of the instructor after review plays, English history plays, or late romances. of a writing sample. May be repeated with a change of content. 502. Literary Theory (3) 523. Milton (3) Theories of literature from Plato to the pres- Intensive study of Paradise Lost and selected ent. Application of these theories to various minor works. works, ancient and modern. 534-634. Practicum (1 – 4 VC) Students gain practical knowledge through 72 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

internships in such areas as tutoring, editing, fi ction forms. The reading component of this public relations, and feature writing. course will include theoretical and creative 535. Selected Topic in English (1 – 4 VC) texts. Course in a topic or topics in English. May be 582. Literature of the Southwest (3) repeated with change in content. An examination of the tri-cultural literary 541. History of the English Language (3) heritage of the southwestern United States. Investigation of the origin of modern English, Readings include journals and diaries of the with a study of the evolution of English Territorial Period as well as imaginative works sounds, infl ections, vocabulary, and syntax, by novelists of the Southwest. Emphasis is from earliest times to the present. placed on cultural traditions that shaped the literature. 542. Contemporary English Linguistics (3) An examination of the structures, processes, 585. Stylistics (3) and functions of elements of the English An examination of linguistic principles, spe- language, with particular attention to their de- cifi cally as they apply to the analysis of writ- scription in the theories of cognitive grammar. ten texts. Students will learn to make the kind of textual observations needed to reveal the 543. Sociolinguistics (3) stylistic traits and tendencies in the language A study of dialects, bilingualism, multilingual- of literature. ism, speech communities, and regional and social variations as they relate to linguistic 590 – 690. Independent Study (1 – 4 VC) variables. Course includes methodological Independent study of selected author(s) or concern and relationships between Sociolin- topic(s) arranged with an instructor. Prerequi- guistics and related disciplines. site: Permission of instructor. 545. Cultural Criticism and Theory (3) 591. Arthurian Literature (3) A survey of advanced cultural criticism from Literature generated by the legends of King the Birmingham School and its contemporary Arthur and his court, studied in a variety of derivatives. Authors to be studied include European texts from the Middles Ages. Foucault, Hall, Hebidge, Barthes and others. 592. Independent Research (1 – 4 VC) Emphasis will be on the study of contempo- Independent directed research project arranged rary culture from a theoretical perspective. with an instructor. Prerequisite: Permission of 550-650. Seminar in English (1 – 4 VC) instructor. Seminar course in a topic or topics in English. 601. Research Methods in English (3) 563. Rhetoric and Reality (3) Methods, sources, and tools of research for Survey of rhetoric and rhetorical theory from language, composition, rhetoric, and literature. classical Greece to the 20th century. 602. Theories in Writing (3) 564. Women and Rhetoric (3) A comprehensive background of the devel- An overview of women’s writings within the opment of writing programs, theory, and masculine rhetorical tradition in addition to research in American education. Attention to historically feminine rhetoric and the new the writing process, as well as genres of both feminist rhetoric. academic and non-academic settings. 565. Non-Fiction Prose (3) 603. Contemporary Literary Theories (3) An introduction to the reading, analysis, and An in-depth study of a topic or combination writing of non-fi ction works such as biogra- of related topics involving current trends in phy, political prose, propaganda, history and literary theory. Varying subtitles for the course the essay. Emphasis on critical reading and might include literary canon formation, de- thinking, interpretative skills, and writing non- construction, feminist theory, new historicism, New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 73 psychoanalytic theory, Marxist theory, reader- 699. Thesis (1 – 6 VC) response criticism, comparative literature. Individual research and writing in preparation May be repeated with a change in topic. of graduate thesis. After enrolling for thesis, 610. Major American Poets (3) students must continue to enroll for at least Intensive reading and study of four important one credit hour of thesis each semester until American poets of the 20th century. Different the thesis is completed. Prerequisite: Permis- poets will be featured each time the course is sion of instructor. offered. Class discussion of the poets and their work will be the focus of the course. Courses in Philosophy (Phil) 636. Varieties of Romanticism (3) 500. Major Philosophers (3) A consideration of the varieties of Romanti- Study of a major philosopher’s work. Exam- cism across time and cultures: contextual- ples of possible offerings are the Pre-Socrat- ization of the British Romantic experience ics, Socrates and Plato, Aristotle, Augustine, against the background of developments in Aquinas, Descartes, Spinoza, Locke, Hume, Germany and France and examination of the Kant, Hegel, Schopenhauer, Nietzsche, Berg- heritage of Romanticism in all its postmodern son, Kierkegaard, Heidegger, Sartre, Huserl, vitality. Wittgenstein, Merleau-Ponty, and others. May be repeated with change of content. 641. The History of Popular Literature (3) A survey of the development of popular 505. Major Philosophical Movements (3) literature, from the “street literature” that Study of a major philosophical movement or emerged in the decades immediately following philosophy. Examples of possible offerings are the invention of movable type, to the genre analytic philosophy, phenomenology, process fi ction of today. Readings will include popular philosophy, logical positivism, ethics, episte- literary works in a variety of genres (romance, mology, and philosophy of negation. May be horror, thrillers). repeated with change of content. 651. Images and Words: Semiotics (3) 525. Reasoning Skills for the Schools (3) A semiotic approach to the study of mean- A general introduction to the basic skills ing. Various sign systems, as expressed in the involved in reasoning and critical thinking and visual and verbal representations of cultural how they may be incorporated into the cur- practice, myth, and literature will be exam- ricula of the schools. ined. 530. Scientifi c Reasoning (3) 661. Literacy and Orality (3) An examination of the general structure of A survey of the development of alphabetic scientifi c reasoning, including the logic of writing in the West. Issues covered include discovery, explanation, theory building, and writing and cognitive development, confl icting decision-making. defi nitions of literacy, politics of literacy, and 535. Selected Topic in literary education. Philosophy (1 – 4 VC) 671. Creative Writing Workshop (3) Course in a topic or topics in philosophy. May An advanced workshop in the writing of be repeated with change of content. fi ction, poetry, or drama. Students will read 540. Philosophy of Art and Aesthetics (3) works in the genre and theories of the genre Advanced study of the theoretical grounds and produce a portfolio of original works. The for various philosophic theories of art and reading component of this course will include their consequences for the world of art and art theoretical and creative texts. criticism. 74 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

550. Seminar in Philosophy (1 – 4 VC) 535 – 635. Selected Topic Seminar course in topic or topics in philosophy. in History (1 – 4 VC) 572. Cognitive Science (3) Course in a topic or topics in history: may be An interdisciplinary investigation of the repeated with change of content. foundations of human knowledge, representa- 550 – 650. Seminar in History (1 – 4 VC) tion and understanding, the functioning of the Seminar course in a topic or topics in history. human brain, and how these impact on recent 552. Seminar: New Mexico History (3) computer technologies. Cross-listed as: Psy Seminar course in a topic or topics in New 572 and CS 572. Mexico history. 584. Philosophy of History (3) 553. History of the Southwest (3) A chronological survey of the development An analysis of historic and contemporary is- of the concept of history and its philosophical sues confronting peoples of the Southwest. foundations. Cross-listed as: Hist 584. 590 – 690. Independent Study (1 – 4 VC) 590. Independent Study (1 – 4 VC) Independent, directed study arranged with an Individual, directed study arranged with an instructor. Prerequisite: Permission of instruc- instructor. Prerequisite: Permission of the tor. instructor. 605. Seminar: The Trans- Courses in History (Hist) Mississippi West (3) An analysis of the development of the western 501. The Chicano Experience (3) regions of the United States. May be taken Major trends in the historical experience and twice for credit. development of Chicanos in American society. 615. Seminar: Contemporary 503. Chicano Leadership (3) Historical Thought (3) A study of signifi cant leaders among the The development of the concept of history in Hispanic population in the Southwest during the western world, with an emphasis on recent the Mexican territorial and early statehood interpretations of historical theory. May be periods. taken twice for credit. 506. North American Frontiers (3) 618. Seminar: The Southwest (3) Patterns of settlement in North America, with Analysis and writing in Chicano, Anglo, and emphasis on frontier experience in the United Indian history. May be taken twice for credit. States. 619. Seminar: New Mexico 511. Women in the United States (3) Since Statehood (3) A survey of the role of women in the history Research and writing on topics in New Mexi- of the United States, including methodological co since 1912. May be taken twice for credit. and conceptual developments. 620. Research Methods in History 512. The Civil War and Reconstruction (3) and Political Science (3) The Old South, secession, civil confl ict, Radi- Historical method, including sources, criticism, cal Reconstruction. tools, organization, form, and problems. Cross- 513. The United States Since listed as PolS 620. World War II (3) 640. Seminar: Mexico (3) American society and foreign policy from Research and writing on Mexican topics. May Pearl Harbor to the present. be taken twice for credit. 514. The American Presidency (3) 650. Seminar: Southwest History (3) The history, institution, and powers of the Seminar course in a topic or topics in South- chief executive of the United States. New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 75 west history. May be taken twice for credit. 519. Public Administration (3) 690. Independent Study (1 - 4 VC) Organization of the administrative structure, Research and writing on Mexican topics. May problems of internal management, personnel, be taken twice for credit. fi scal management, forms of administrative action, and procedure. 692. Independent Research (1 – 4 VC) Independent, directed study arranged with an 533. Chinese Communist Government (3) instructor. Prerequisite: Permission of instruc- An analysis of the Chinese government with tor. emphasis on the role of the Communist Party; relationship of policies to tradition and world 699. Thesis (1 – 8 VC) affairs. Individual research and writing in preparation for a graduate thesis. Prerequisite: Permission 534. Practicum (1 – 4 VC) of instructor. Experiential study directed by an instructor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Courses in Political Science 535 - 635. Selected Topic in (PolS) Political Science (1 – 4 VC) 502. Interests Groups (3) Course in a topic or topics in political science: The forms, tactics, and infl uence of interest may be repeated with change of content. groups their role in a pluralistic society, and 546 Government and Politics their importance in a democracy. of Latin America 510. The American Constitution (3) Analysis of political systems, contemporary Origin and establishment of leading constitu- mass movements and inter-American relational doctrines. tions. 515. Government and Business (3) 550 – 650. Seminar in Political Case study of United States government regu- Science (1 – 4 VC) lations of economic activity with emphasis on Seminar course in a topic or topics in political the administrative process. science. 517. The Legislative Process (3) 551. Seminar: New Mexico The process of law-making in the United Government and Politics (3) States, national and state; legislation drafting Structure, organization, function, and opera- and legislative procedure. tion of New Mexico state and local govern- 518. Administrative Law and Procedure (3) ment. The content of this course will serve to help 553. International Relations, Human students become aware of administrative law Rights and International Law (3) and its relationship to public administrative A theoretical and critical analysis of the mean- programs. Administrative law concerns the ing and relevancy of the IR politics and its col- powers and procedures of administrative agen- lision with international law and human rights cies, particularly including the law govern- in the age of globalization. Prerequisite: PolS ing judicial review of administrative action. 353, or permission of instructor. Political science majors who endeavor to enter 558. Political Theory and Philosophy (3) the public administration arena often will be Leading political ideas of the western world. involved in the administrative process, which 560. The American and Soviet Systems (3) is a complex of methods by which agencies A comparative study of the American and carry out tasks of adjudication, rule-making Russian political institutions, cultures, and and related functions. structures including their underlying belief systems. 76 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

562. International Monetary Systems (3) 502. Spanish Literature: Examination of the national and international Aspects of the Novel (3) procedural rules which channel the behavior Traces the development of the novel from its of governments and monetary authorities. origins in prose fi ction of the Middle Ages and 563. Political Economy (3) the Renaissance to the present. The comparative study and analysis of the 503. Latin American Literature: political economies of the major countries of Aspects of the Short Story (3) the world, stressing the interdependence of the Traces the development of the Latin American study of economics and politics. short story from the 19th to the 20th century. 611. Seminar: Southwest Politics (3) The different literary movements will be Analysis and original research on southwest traced via this genre: romanticism, realism, politics with emphasis on New Mexico and naturalism and modernism. Particular focus ethnic politics. May be taken twice for credit. will be placed on the more current 20th century short story. 614. Seminar: Public Policies (3) Past and present governmental attempts in the 504. Latin American Literature: United States to deal with vital problems in Aspects of the Novel (3) such areas as education, health, poverty, and Focuses on the Spanish American novel from civil strife. May be taken twice for credit. the Colonial period to the 20th century. It will emphasize different periods within this genre, 620. Research Methods in History i.e., the colonial period, the regionalist novel, and Political Science (3) and the Latin American boom. Research methods in political science, including sources, criticism, tools, organization, 505. Film in the Hispanic World (3) form, and problems. Cross-listed as: Hist 620. This course introduces the fi eld of visual arts and cinematic technique. The work of major 654. Seminar: The State (3) Hispanic fi lm directors will be presented and The essence, origin, justifi cation, and func- compared. tions of the nation state. May be taken twice for credit. 506. Hispanic Women Authors (3) Designed to introduce the student to the 690. Independent Study (1 – 4 VC) women authors in Spanish America, the course Independent study arranged with an instructor. covers most genres through the works of Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Sor Juana Ines de la Cruz, Alfonsina Storni, 692. Independent Research (1 – 4 VC) Domitilia Chungara, Rosario Castellanos, Independent research arranged with an instruc- Barbara Delano, and others. tor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 520. Chicano Short Story 699. Thesis (1 – 8 VC) of the Southwest (3) Individual research and writing in preparation A study of major short story writers since the for a graduate thesis. Prerequisite: Permission Chicano movement kicked into high gear in of instructor. the mid-1960’s. Master short story writers ringing from Sabine Ulibarri, Tomas Rivera, Courses in Spanish (Span) Rolando Hinojosa Smith, Miguel Mendez and 501. Spanish Literature: Aspects Rosaura Sanchez to more modern prose writ- of the Short Story (3) ers such as Denise Chavez and Alicia Gaspar Traces the development of the short story from de Alba, among others, will be included. the Middle Ages, Renaissance, and Golden 525. Spanish for the Profession - Age to the present. Spanish for Medical Personnel (3) Spanish for the Professions series is offered New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 77 as a community and interdisciplinary service 535–635. Selected Topics to professionals in various fi elds. Spanish in Spanish (1–4 VC) for Medical Personnel and Spanish for Law Course in a topic or topics in Spanish. May be Enforcement, for example, are designed to repeated with a change in content. teach and train community professionals in 536. Studies in Hispanic the practical applications of Spanish. This will Literature (3); 3,0 Alt Sp be accomplished by the study of specifi c vo- This course attempts to introduce the student cabulary and terminology pertaining to those to the literary production in Spanish. Works professions. written in the Americans and Spain will be 526. Spanish for the Profession - studied. A myriad of authors, genres, and Spanish for Law Enforcement (3) themes will be studied. The content of the An advanced course in Spanish for Law course will vary each semester. Prerequisite: Enforcement personnel. The course focuses on Span 325 and Span 400. situations commonly encountered by profes- 541. Spanish for the Bilingual sionals in the law enforcement fi eld. Classroom (3) 530. Spanish Linguistics and Phonetics (3) This course targets students of Bilingual Edu- Applying linguistics and phonetics to the cation and it presents the Spanish language as knowledge and use of Spanish and English in it is applied to school and community settings. order to provide future teachers with the abil- Use of both vernacular and formal language ity to help students develop their languages. will be included. Spanish is the language of Prerequisite: Span 101, 102 or 103, 104 and instruction inclusive of student presentations 201 and 325. and participation. Prerequisite: Span 101, 102 531. Spain: Civilization and Culture (3) or 103, 104, 201 and/or 202 and 325. Provides students with a synthetic and highly 545. Teaching of Spanish: Theory accessible overview of Spanish history, litera- and Methodology (3) ture and culture. This course familiarizes prospective teachers 532. Latin America: Civilization with the philosophy, methodology, and practi- and Culture (3) cal techniques of teaching Spanish. Prereq- Presents the Spanish American experience of uisite: Span 101, 102 or 103, 104, 201 and yesterday and today through the social, his- 325 or the equivalent. May also be taken as a torical, political and literary aspects that this co-requisite with 325. experience encompasses. 546. New Mexico during the 19th and 20th 533. New Mexico and the Southwest: Centuries: An Intellectual Panorama (3); 3,0 Civilization and Culture (3) This course endeavors to study writings cre- Spanish cultural developments and events that ated in New Mexico from different sources: have brought about ethnic, economic, politi- personal journals, historical accounts, news- cal, social, literary, linguistic and historical paper cultural articles and literary renditions changes and typical features in New Mexico in all genres. Special attention will be devoted and in the southwestern United States. Re- to the poetry of the Penitentes and the Oral quired for Bilingual Education. Prerequisite: Tradition of New Mexico’s Religious Theater Span 101, 102 or 103, 104, 201 and/or 202 during the 19th century. This course will be and 325. taught in Spanish. Prerequisite: Span 325 and 534. Practicum in Spanish (3) Span 400. Experiential study directed by an instructor. 550. Seminar in Spanish (3) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Topic to be selected by instructor. 78 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

552. Nobel Prize Laureates in this genre. This includes premier novelists Hispanic Literature (3) ranging from the pioneers Tomas Rivera, The principal purpose of the course is to study Rolando Hinojosa Smith, Rudolfo Anaya, Ron the Nobel Prize Laureates from Spain and/or Arias, Raymond Barrio, Nash Candelaria and Spanish America to ascertain their literary Orlando Romero to highly acclaimed female greatness within the genre each one represents novelists, among them Ana Castillo, Sandra in Europe and the Western Hemisphere. May Cisneros, Helena Maria Viramontes, Mary be repeated for credit. Helen Ponce, and Demetria Martinez. 558. Colonial Literature of the 575. Latina Writers in Americas (3); 3,1 Alt Fa Translation (3); 3,0 Alt Sp This course examines in depth literature writ- This course examines the literary produc- ten in Spain and in Spanish speaking America tion of Hispanic women in the U.S. Gender, prior and during Latin America’s colonial race, ethnicity, and socioeconomic issues are period which would, by geographical exten- analyzed. Through their writings these women sion, include the American Southwest. Texts are active in developing new categories of will include historically prior European works knowledge and creative expression, which which inﬂ uenced the conquistador’s ideol- demonstrate how Hispanic women position ogy, and poetry, letters, diaries, and historical themselves and are positioned within the con- chronicles of Latin America and the southwest text of history, culture, and society. from 1492 until the beginning of the 19th 590–690. Independent Study (1–4 VC) century.Prerequisite: Span 4/533. Individual directed study arranged with an in- 562. Southwest Folklore (3) structor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. A study of the different genres of New Mexi- 600. Research Methods in Spanish/ can and southwestern folklore along with the Modern Languages (3) analysis of their popular, cultural, and literary The purpose of this course is to teach gradu- values. Prerequisite: Span 201, 202, 260 and ate students the art of research methods and 325. methodology for the study of Spanish/Modern 564. Hispanic Women of New Mexico (3) Languages and Literature. Topics that will be Course traces the role and contributions of the addressed are: the meaning of scholarship, Hispana from colonial times to the present. plagiarism, parts of a research paper and com- The common-ordinary woman as well as the position. There will be an oral presentation of well-to-do will be studied from a social, cul- the abstract of the ﬁ nal research paper. Other tural, political, and educational perspective. topics to be discussed are the literary theory 567. History of the Spanish and archival research. Language (3); 3,0 Alt Sp 650. Seminar (1–4 VC) this course traces the development of the Seminar course in a topic or topics in the lan- Spanish language from Latin to the present. guage or literature of the Spanish Southwest. It analyzes the cultural, literary and historical 652. Seminar: Contemporary Chicano factors that have contributed to its evolution. Writers of the Southwest (3) The transformations that the language under- Literary achievements of Chicano writers of goes in a different linguistic setting are studied the Southwest, beginning with the Chicano in a section on sociolinguistics issues of the movement of the 1960s. This course will be U.S. southwest Spanish. This course will be taught in Spanish and/or English according to taught in Spanish. the needs of the students. 570. Chicano Novel of the Southwest (3) A study of major novelists who spearheaded New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 79

692. Independent Research (1–4 VC) Independent research arranged with an instructor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 699. Thesis (1–6 VC) Individual research and writing in preparation of a graduate thesis. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 80 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL Resources and Facilities SCIENCES The Department of Natural Sciences is housed Dr. Ken Bentson, in the new Ivan Hilton Science Center. New Department Chair laboratory spaces, with state-of-the-art safety Ivan Hilton Science Center, and teaching features provide students with Room 332 505.454.3501 hands-on, student-centered learning environ- FAX: 505.454.3063 ments. E-mail: [email protected] The Biology discipline prides itself on its abil- Mission of the Department of Natural ity to place students into biomedical careers, Sciences and, the success of graduates in medical, den- The Department includes the disciplines of tal, and veterinary schools nationwide. The Biology, Chemistry, and Natural Resources discipline attributes this success to intensive Management (NRM; Geology and Forestry biology laboratory experiences with cutting programs). The mission of these programs edge technology, and, instructors committed to is to provide students with a high quality sci- individual student progress. Facilities include ence education that includes experience with physiology, microbiology, biomolecular, research and fi eld projects. The programs greenhouse and plant biology laboratories. A provide scientifi c and technical background computer laboratory is available for classes that empowers students to successfully pursue and student use. Students majoring in Biol- science and technology careers, or, proceed ogy are taught the practical use of common on to advanced graduate studies. Faculty scientifi c instrumentation they will encounter in the Natural Sciences strive to make each in their careers. All Biology students are re- student’s educational experience challenging quired to complete an undergraduate research and rewarding. project that provides students with a realistic perspective of Biology and the conduct of Faculty investigations. Many of the faculty have ac- Kenneth Bentson, Ph.D. (NRM) tive research programs that hire undergraduate Dick Greene, Ph.D. (Biology) students and provide further training. David Hacker, Ph.D. (NRM) Merritt Helvenston, Ph.D. (Chemistry) Chemistry has modern laboratories for Carol Linder, Ph.D. (Biology) chemistry classes and research. Chemical Jennifer Lindline, Ph.D. (NRM) measurement instrumentation includes a high- John McIntyre, Ph.D. (Chemistry) fi eld Nuclear Magnetic Resonance device, Michael Meyer, Ph.D. (NRM) x-ray diffraction equipment, gas and liquid Mark Minton, Ph.D. (Chemistry) chromatographs, mass spectrometers, IR, UV, Ben Nelson, V.M.D. (Biology) and visible spectrophotometers, and laser Rolando Rael, Ph.D., (Biology) spectroscopy facilities. Students who major Maureen Romine, Ph.D. (Biology) in Chemistry are expected to become fully Rodolfo Martinez (Chemistry) competent in the use of the instruments by the David Sammeth, Ph.D. (Chemistry) time they graduate. Undergraduate students Mary Shaw, Ph.D. (Biology) gain a practical perspective on Chemistry Tatiana Timofeeva, Ph.D. (Chemistry) through involvement with research projects. Chemistry has been highly successful in plac- ing its graduates in exciting careers in industry and government, while many students proceed New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 81 to advanced graduate studies in Chemistry at ronmental chemistry.This program requires other institutions. Most Chemistry faculty a research project culminating in an original have research grants that can hire undergradu- thesis for each student. The chemistry concen- ate students. tration prepares candidates for entry into the chemistry profession or for Ph.D. work. The Natural Resources Management discipline is comprised of the Environmental Geology Required courses: 28 and Forestry programs. The Forestry major Chem 519 Chem Lab 7 (3) is the only one accepted by Federal and state Chem 541 Reaction Mech (3) agencies in New Mexico. Furthermore, the Chem 621 Adv Analy Chem (3) Watershed Management concentration in Chem 671 Chem Thermodyn (3) Environmental Geology provides a new, cut- Chem 672 Quantum Chem (3) ting-edge program in an emerging technical Chem 691 Chem Colloq (1)* fi eld of great importance to New Mexico and Chem 699 Thesis (1-8) the western United States. The Environmental Choose one of the following: Geology major focuses on classic geological Chem 561 Inorganic Chem I (3) principles applied to environmental problems Chem 581 Biochemistry 1 (3) like groundwater pollution, geologic hazards, Electives: 6 mine tailings and reclamation, and other top- Choose at least six credits in graduate courses ics. Las Vegas is located near to many types from biology, chemistry, environmental of natural resources. Within minutes of cam- science, geology, physics, or other appropri- pus, students can be in short-grass prairies, ate disciplines with approval of a graduate forests, lakes, streams, and alpine tundra eco- advisor. systems. Consequently, NRM programs are * Taken for two semesters to equal a total of focused on extensive student fi eld experiences. two credit hours. The area is geologically rich in fossils, mineral Program Total: 34 ores, and geologic hazards, while having many abandoned and active mines. NRM students Master of Science in Life Science are in demand by federal and state agencies, (M.S.) which need personnel trained in the unique All graduate students in the biology concen- social, ecological, and geological conditions in tration are required to register for graduate the southwest. NMHU is also the home of the seminar during each semester of enrollment New Mexico Ecological Restoration Institute in the graduate program up to four semesters. that is leading New Mexico in the restora- The master of science in life science with a tion of forests, ranges, and stream systems. biology concentration requires the comple- Numerous opportunities for undergraduate stu- tion of at least 26 credit hours in courses other dent involvement in research and fi eld projects than Graduate Seminar (LSci650), Indepen- exist at NMHU dent Study (LSci690), Independent Research (LSci692), and Thesis (LSci699). Master of Science in Chemistry (M.S.) Concentration in Biology The chemistry concentration includes the Required courses: 19 – 28 study of inorganic, analytical, physical, and LSci 600 Res Meth in LSci (3) organic chemistry and biochemistry, with LSci 610 Env Physiology (3) applied emphases in medicinal and materials LSci 620 Adv Top in LSci(2)* chemistry, reaction mechanisms, and envi- LSci 640 Adv Cell Biology (3) LSci 650 Grd Sem in LSci (1) 82 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

LSci 699 Thesis (1-7) cence, HPLC, capillary electrophoresis (CE), * Repeated for credit with different subject X-ray diffraction (powder and single crystal matter for a total of four credit hours. XRD) and electrochemistry. Prerequisite: Electives: 6 – 15 Chem 321 or 322 are required, while Chem With approval of the life science advisor, 318, and Chem 372 are recommended. choose from 500-level courses offered in 535 – 635. Selected Topic in Chemistry (3) biology, chemistry, environmental science, Course in topic or topics in chemistry. May be geology, or other appropriate disciplines to repeated with change of content. bring the total number of credits completed in 541. Reaction Mechanisms (3) the program to at least 34. Theoretical organic chemistry including mo- Program Total: 34 lecular orbital theory, photochemistry, orbital symmetry, and reaction mechanisms. Prerequi- Concentration in site: Chem 318, Chem 342, and Chem 372. Natural Resource Management Required Courses (13): 542. Synthetic Chemistry (3) LSci 615 Research Met (3) An advanced treatment of synthetic organic FOR 620 Adv. Topic in NRM (2)* and inorganic chemistry and reaction mecha- FOR 625 Advanced Quantitative nisms. Prerequisite: Chem 318, 342, and 372. Methods in NRM (3) 550-650. Seminar in Chemistry (1 – 3 VC) LSci 650 Graduate Seminar in Life Seminar course in a topic or topics in chemis- Sciences (1)** try. Prerequisite: Chem 318, Chem 342, Anth 581 Cultural Resource and Chem 372. Management (3)*** 555. Chemistry Research Seminar (1) *May be repeated for credit with different Graduate students participating in a chemi- subject matter for a total of 4 credit hours. cal research project will make one or two **Taken for four semesters to equal a total of 30-minute presentations on their project to 4 hours. faculty members and other graduate and un- *** Prerequisite is waived by the Anthropol- dergraduate students registered in the course. ogy discipline. In addition the students will participate in the discussion evolving from other students’ Electives (20-24): presentations. With the advice and consent of the gradu- 559. Fundamental Principles ate advisor, choose from 500- and 600-level of Laboratory Safety (1) courses in Life Science, Geology, NRM, Introduction to the principles of laboratory Chemistry or other appropriate discipline to safety including the proper use of emergency bring the total number of credits to at least safety equipment and personal protective 33 semester hours. Students will complete equipment, instructions for the safe handling, approximately 7 hours of thesis in the Natural labeling, storage and disposal of chemicals, Resources Management area. and safety in the biology and physics labs. Program Total: 36-37 Emphasis will be placed on preparing science educators in safety procedures. Prerequisite: Courses in Chemistry (Chem) Permission of instructor. 519. Advanced Instrumental Analysis (3); 0,6 561. Inorganic Chemistry 1 (3) Chemical instrumentation laboratory uses Quantum mechanical approach to chemical modern separation, purifi cation, and instru- bonding, crystal and ligand fi eld theory, acid/ mental analysis techniques including such base theories, and transition metal chemistry. techniques as NMR, GC-MS, FT-IR, fl uores- Prerequisite: Chem 318 and Chem 372. New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 83

562. Inorganic Chemistry 2 (3) utilized to meet management objectives A continuation of Chem 561. Topics infor forest stands. The ramifi cations of clude metal, transition metal, and non-metal ecological manipulations are explored. inorganic topics and symmetry as related to 500. Surface Hydrology (3) spectroscopy and reaction mechanisms. Pre- A course designed for graduate students in requisite: Chem 561. earth sciences and natural resources manage- 573. Chemical Kinetics (3) ment. The course combines (1) a qualitative An in-depth study of chemical reaction kinet- conceptual understanding of hydrologic ics. Prerequisite: Chem 318 and Chem 372. process, (2) an introduction to the quantitative 581. Biochemistry I (3) representation of those processes, and (3) an An introduction to the chemistry of biologi- understanding of approaches to hydrological cally important molecules, including proteins, measurements and the uncertainties involved carbohydrates, lipids, and nucleic acids; in those measurements. physical properties, mechanisms of action, and 505. Wildland Fire Management 3) enzyme kinetics. Prerequisite or co-requisite: A course on the behavior of wildfi res in Chem 316 and Chem 342. forest and range ecosystems. The course 582. Biochemistry II (3) reviews methods for fuel load assessment, A continuation of Chem 581. Prerequisite: fi re weather prediction, fi re suppression, Chem 581. and prescribed fi re. Contrasts will be 621. Advanced Analytical Chemistry (3) made between the costs and benefi ts An in-depth treatment of chemical equilibria of fi res on ecosystem and humans. involving topics in acid/base, solubility, elec- tro-chemistry, complexation reactions, and the 508. Limnology (4; 3, 2) theory of separations. A study of the interrelationships among plants, animals, and environmental factors in aquatic 671. Chemical Thermodynamics (3) An in-depth study of chemical thermodynam- ecosystems. The course is fi eld oriented and ics. concentrates on the development of sampling techniques and the analysis of biotic and abiot- 672. Quantum Chemistry (3) ic components of nearby lakes and streams. An in-depth study of spectroscopy and quantum mechanics. 510. Forest Management (3) 691. Chemistry Colloquium (1) This course focuses on the economic and Students and faculty discuss current research scientifi c decisions for large tracts of land and problems. May be repeated for credit. Course multiple types of forest stands. The elements must be taken twice to fulfi ll program require- of planning management activities to create ment. the least costs and greatest benefi ts to a 699. Thesis (1 – 8 VC) landowner are explored. Individual research and writing in preparation 512. Surveying and GIS (4; 3, 2) of a graduate thesis. Prerequisite: Permission Surveying is the determination of boundaries of instructor. and positions on the earth’s surface. Geo- graphic information systems are geospatially Courses in Forestry (FOR) referenced databases that relate positions of 502. Silviculture (3) objects to associated data and properties.The Silviculture is the practice of growing and course will explore the appolication of these managing trees. The course focuses on the technologies to forestry and geology problems. growth of trees, and the cultural practices 84 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

515. Dendrology (3; 2, 2) management will be placed in the context of Dendrology is the study of trees and woody broader societal mandates and concerns about vegetation. The course will fi rst look at tree natural, environmental, and cultural resources. and shrub identifi cation with associated 550. Animal Nutrition (3) botanical nomenclature. The second portion of This course is designed to provide students the course examines the structure and function with an understanding of animal nutrition and of trees and woody vegetation. A collection of appreciation of the importance nutrition in local trees and shrubs is a requirement of the health and economics. Subjects to be covered course. will include digestive anatomy, physiology, 517. Watershed Management (4; 3, 2) and nutrition of various animal species. This course will emphasize the interdisciplin- 555. Wildlife Diseases (3) ary characteristics of watershed management An introduction to viral, bacterial, and fungal and the need to incorporate physical, chemical, diseases found in wildlife species. The biological and socioeconomic factors when diagnosis and management of the diseases is planning and implementing natural resource explored. programs to achieve sustainable, environmen- 553. Toxicology in Life Science (4; 3, 2) tally sound natural resource development. Toxicology studies the effects of chemical 520. Wildlife Habitat Management (3) substances on the health of organisms and Principles and practice of wildlife manage- ecosystems. Toxic substances from industrial ment; with emphasis on habitat, distribution, activities have wide ranging effects on natural abundance and legal considerations. systems at long distances from sources. More- 530. Livestock Management (3) over, toxic substances are utilized in health This course will address livestock health care, agriculture, forestry, wildlife manage- management, livestock production econom- ment, and fi sheries to manipulate populations ics and effects on natural resources. Primary of pests. This course explores the basic principles emphasis will be on beef cattle production, but of toxicology, and application of toxicology to Life other species of domestic animals and wildlife Science and environmental problems. will be discussed. 589. Applied Ecology and 535-635. Special Topic in Natural Environmental Restoration (3) Resources Management (1-4 VC) Ecological principles applied to solving Course in topic(s) in Natural Resources environmental problems including pest and Management. May be repeated with change biological resource management, conserva- of content. tion biology, environmental planning, impact 540. Integrated Natural assessment, remediation, reclamation and Resources Management (3) ecological restoration. This course is an introductory course to the 602. Environmental Assessment (NEPA) (2) broad fi eld of natural resources manage- Principles and practice of the science and art ment for graduate students that do not have of assessing environmental impacts oif various a resource management background. The stress agents in the environment. Includes course will cover the ecological and biological consideration of the legal framework (e.g., underpinnings of agriculture, forestry, range National Environmental Policy Act), various management, watershed management, and approaches to prediction and assessment of ancillary fi elds, and, the decision making environmental impacts, and factors entering processes that are utilized. Natural resources environmental decision-making. New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 85

605. Integrated Biotic 630 Vegetation Analysis Resources Protection (3) and Management (3) Integrated biotic resources protection inves- Vegetation analysis entails the methods to tigates the management of invasive plants measure and characterize plant communities and animals, insect pests, plant pathogens, and associations. These techniques are useful and competing vegetation through sustain- in habitat typing and the recognition of sensi- able alterations in ecological community tive systems. The other aspect of the course structures. The monitoring and manipulation are the techniques that are commonly utilized of pest populations by alteration of hosts, to manage vegetation, both desirable and un- environments of pests and population sizes are desirable. Economic and social considerations the most common means to manage losses of in vegetation management are also discussed. valuable natural resources in range manage- 640 Recreational Resource Management (2) ment, conservation biology and forestry. This course explores the fundamentals of 610 Ecosystem Management (2) managing recreation on or near public lands Ecosystem Management is a landscape level to minimize disruption of natural ecosystems approach to the sustained production and con- and cultural artifacts. Recreation is currently servation of biotic resources. Many federal the greatest social and monetary use of public and state agencies have adopted ecosystem lands in the United States. Natural resource management as their guiding principle. Eco- managers are often involved with teams to system management is utilized to maintain analyze and mitigate adverse impacts from wildlife and vegetation patterns conducive to pack stock in wilderness areas, off-road ve- the healthy function of ecosystems. More- hicles, heavy pedestrian trafﬁ c, campgrounds, over, it is an important aspect in conservation trails, and unwanted vegetation and animals. biology and the recoveries of threatened and People with a background in recreational endangered species. resource management are involved in local, 620 Adv. Topic in NRM (2) state, and federal parks and monuments, and In-depth consideration of a speciﬁ c topic public lands with recreational uses. of interest to faculty and graduate students. 690. Independent Study (1-4 VC) Subject matter will vary from semester to Independent study arranged with an instructor. semester, and, the couse may be repeated for Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. credit. 692. Independent Research (1-4 VC) 625 Advanced Quantitative Independent researchy arranged with an in- Methods in NRM (3) structor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. The course will provide hands-on experience 699. Thesis (1-7 VC) with the analysis and design of experiments Individual research and writing in preparation and observational studies. Parametric and of a graudate thesis. Prerequisite: Permission non-parametric techniques commonly utilized of instructor. in the analysis of ecological, biological, and environmental data sets will be explored. Courses in Geology (Geol) Students will gain familiarity with the use of 521. Environmental Ground spreadsheets and statistical software programs Water Hydrology (4); Sp for data analysis. Study of the origin, movement, method of entrapment, and removal of subsurface waters. Course includes extensive discussion of prob- 86 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

lems associated with ground water pollution discuss the roles of the major players in the and remediation. Prerequisite: Geol 101 and public policy process, and review the impor- Geol 301. tant policy analysis techniques that are cur- 522. Genesis and Environmental Impact rently used in environmental decisions. The of the Earth’s Resources (3); Sp class will study the 1872 Mining Law and the Study of the distribution, mineralogy, clas- 1993 New Mexico Mining Act that improved sifi cation, modes of occurrence, and economic regulation of mining at the state level. Case implications to industry and world affairs of studies may include the Chino Mine Closure, mineral deposits. the El Cajete Pumice Mine, and the Molybde- num Mine Case. 535. Selected Topic in Geology (1 – 4 VC) Course in topic or topics in geology. May be 620. Clay Mineralogy (4; 3, 2) repeated with change of content. A lecture and laboratory course. The lecture will provide an in-depth survey of the struc- 590. Independent Study (1 – 4 VC) tures, classifi cation, genesis, weathering, and Individual, directed study arranged with an in- importance of clay minerals in controlling nu- structor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. trient uptake, infl uencing the plastic properties 592. Independent Research (1 – 4 VC) of earth materials; and retarding the mobilities Individual, directed research arranged with an of contaminants in the environment. Weekly instructor. Prerequisite: Permission of instruc- laboratory time will be dedicated to providing tor. x-ray safety training, covering principles of 600. Environmental Mineralogy (3) x-ray diffraction, and utilizing a powder x-ray This is an emerging topic that combines the diffractometer for qualitative and quantitative studies of mineralogy and environmental clay analysis. science. The course will cover the physical and chemical properties of minerals and how Courses in Life Science (LSci) scientists are applying mineralogy to serious 505. Advanced Bacteriology (4); 3,2; Alt Fa environmental problems caused by human Ecological, biogeochemical, industrial, and activity. Case studies may include Silicosis evolutionary properties of bacteria. Prerequi- and the Hawk’s Nest Incident, Gauley Bridge, site: Biol 301 and Chem 212. WV; Asbestos: Mineralogy, Disease and Pub- 515. Biotechnology (4); 2,4; Alt Sp lic Policy; Pollution associated with Western Introduces students to latest techniques in bio- Metal Mining - Summitville, Colorado; and technology including recombinant DNA, tis- Mineralogical Aspects of Radioactive Waste sue culture, and organelle isolation as well as Disposal - Yucca Mountain, Nevada. genetic engineering, industrial microbiology, 610. New Mexico Geological Resources and agricultural biotechnology. Prerequisite: and Environmental Policy (3) Biol 300, Biol 385, and Chem 341. A special This course is designed to heighten student fee is charged. awareness about the environmental policies in 522. Plant Physiology (4); 3,2; Alt Sp place to protect public and private lands and The physiology of germination, growth, rural communities in New Mexico from hard fl owering, fruiting, and senescence in plants. rock mining impacts. The course will briefl y Prerequisite: Biol 303 and Chem 341 or per- cover the nature and origin of the earth’s rock mission of instructor. and mineral resources; the methods of extrac- tion, usage and disposal of natural resources; 523. Cellular Biology (3), Fa and their impacts on the environment. The Cell structure and function, with emphasis on course will cover at length the major types of molecular biology. Prerequisite: Biol 301, Biol regional and federal environmental policies, 302, and Biol 303. Co-requisite: LSci 524. New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 87

524. Cellular Biology Laboratory (1); 0,2, Fa vertebrates in a lab setting. Emphasis on Laboratory course to accompany LSci 523. distribution, identifi cation, and life histories of Co-requisite: LSci 523. endangered vertebrate species. Co-requisite: 525. Marine Biology (2) LSci 545. Major groups of marine invertebrates and 559. Fundamental Principles algae are observed and studied in their natural of Laboratory Safety (1) habitats. In addition to one class session each Introduction to the principles of laboratory week during the fall semester, students par- safety including the proper use of emergency ticipate in a 10-day fi eld trip during the winter safety equipment and personal protective break (approximately December 13-23), with equipment, instructions for the safe handling, a transportation charge of approximately $90 labeling, storage and disposal of chemicals, plus living costs. Enrollment limited to 16. and safety in the biology and physics labs. Prerequisite: Major in biology/life science, Emphasis will be placed on preparing science Biol 302 and 303, and permission of the educators in safety procedures. Prerequisite: instructor. Chem 211 and Chem 212 or permission of 527. Immunology and Pathogenic instructor. Microbiology (3) 561. Electron Microscopy (4); 2,4 Study of diseases of vertebrates with emphasis Use of the electron microscope and making of on host-parasite interactions. The course in- micrographs. Includes development of skills in cludes principles of isolation, characterization, fi xation, dehydration, embedding, sectioning, and control of pathogenic organisms as well as and staining of the biological materials to be principles of vertebrate response to infection, examined. antigen-antibody interaction, hypersensitivity, 576. Evolution (3) and auto-immune diseases. Prerequisite: Biol Evolution, studied in terms of molecular, Men- 301. delian, and population genetics. Prerequisite: 528. Laboratory in Immunology and Biol 300 or permission of instructor. Pathogenic Microbiology (2); 0,4 580. Parasitology (4); 2,4 Laboratory isolation and identifi cation of An introduction to the taxonomy and life pathogenic microorganisms, antibiotic sensi- cycles of vertebrate parasites and pathogenic tivity testing, and diagnostic and evaluative effects upon their animal hosts; protozoan, testing. Prerequisite: Biol 301. Co-requisite: trematode, cestode, nematode, and acantho- LSci 527. cephalan parasites of domestic animals and 532. Vertebrate Physiology (4); 3,2; Alt Sp humans. Prerequisite: Biol 423, or permission Fundamental life processes in the vertebrates. of instructor. Prerequisite: Biol 302 and Chem 341. 584. Hematology (4); 2,4 535 – 635. Selected Topics in Characteristics, formation, function, and Life Science (1 – 4 VC) destruction of blood, especially in humans. Course in topic or topics in life science. May Coagulation, normal blood pictures, and blood be repeated with change of content. pathologies are included. The laboratory 545. Biology of Vertebrates (3) includes the techniques for the traditional tests Evolution, comparative morphology, classifi - and evaluations of blood. Prerequisite: Biol 423 cation, and life histories of vertebrates. Prereq- and Chem 341, or permission of instructor. uisite: Biol 302. Co-requisite: LSci 546. 585. Endocrinology (4); 3,2 546. Biology of Vertebrates Lab (1) Embryological origin, histological structure, Description and identifi cation of New Mexico and function of the endocrine glands, correlat- ing cell type with special hormones produced; 88 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

and the major physiological actions of the business operations, natural resources manage- hormones on the major target organs of the ment, and development. Special emphasis on body. Prerequisite: Biol 423 or permission of environmental auditing and other emerging instructor. environmental risk reduction techniques. 587. Histology (4); 2,4 602. Environmental Assessment (2); Alt Sp The microanatomy and functional organiza- Principles and practice of the science and art tion of basic tissues: epithelium, connective of assessing environmental impacts of various tissue, cartilage, bone, muscle, and nerve. The stress agents on the environment. Includes course covers the histology of the blood and consideration of the legal framework (e.g., lymph vascular systems, glands, and secretion, National Environmental Policy Act), varying especially in humans. Prerequisite: Biol 432 or approaches to predicting and assessing environ permission of instructor. A special fee is charged. mental impacts, and factors entering environ- 588. Soil Ecology (4); 3,2 mental decision-making. The soil as a habitat, including physical and 610. Environmental Physiology (3); Alt Sp chemical properties of soil, classifi cation of An advanced physiology course that integrates soils, soil organisms (emphasis on soil fungi functional adaptations of organisms to aquatic and bacteria), and nutrient cycling. and terrestrial environments. Physiological 593. Field Botany (2); 1,2 responses of organisms to environmental ex- Qualitative and quantitative techniques of tremes and contamination will be discussed. community analysis, including fl oral sampling 620. Advanced Topic in Life Science (2) techniques estimating population demographic In-depth consideration of a specifi c topic of patterns. The taxonomy and natural history of interest to faculty and the graduate student representative groups of land plants will be population. Subject matter will vary from studied in the fi eld. Prerequisite: Biol 303. semester to semester, and the course may be 594. Field Zoology (2); 1,2 repeated for credit. Qualitative and quantitative techniques 640. Advanced Cell Biology (3); Alt Fa of community analysis, including faunal Advanced concepts of cellular and molecular sampling techniques estimating population biology. The genetics, molecular structure, and demographic patterns. The taxonomy and functional aspects of eucaryotic cells, both in natural history of representative groups of land isolation and as part of multicellular systems, animals will be studied in the fi eld. Prerequi- will be discussed. site: Biol 302. 650. Graduate Seminar in Life Science (1) 600. Research Methods in Seminar presentations on current topics in life Life Science (3); Fa science. May be repeated for credit. An introduction to research methods in life 690. Independent Study (1 – 4 VC) science. Topics covered include libraries as Independent study arranged with an instructor. research tools, introduction to statistical infer- Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. ence and experimental design, the computer 692. Independent Research (1 – 4 VC) as a research tool, structure of journal articles, Independent research arranged with an instruc- and audio-visual techniques of data presentation. tor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 601. Integrated Environmental 699. Thesis (1 – 7 VC) Management (3); Alt Fa Individual research and writing in preparation Principles of modern environmental manage- of a graduate thesis. Prerequisite: Permission ment emphasizing integrated approaches to of instructor. addressing environmental problems in varied domains, including environmental and other New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 89

SCHOOL OF cluding facilitating employment opportunities BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Faculty Dr. William Taylor, Dean Sergio Alsonso (International Business) Sininger Hall, Room 205 Charles Becker (Accounting) 505 454-3115 FAX: 505 454-3354 Patricia Bost (Accounting) John Luhman (Management) Accreditation Mary Romero (Accounting) Hal Olafson (Finance) The School of Business Administration is ac- Luis Ortiz (Management) credited by the Association of Collegiate Busi- Charles Swim (Management/MIS) ness Schools and Programs (ACBSP) to offer Hormuzd Rassam (Business) the master of business administration degree. William Taylor (Business) Kent Tucker (Finance) The School of Business Administration David West (MIS) anticipates offering Graduate certifi cates Margaret Young (Marketing) in the following areas: Human Resources Management, Government and Not-for-Profi t Resources and Facilities Financial Management, Information Technol- NMHU Campus ogy, and International Business. Please contact Main campus School of Business Adminis- the School of Business for information on the tration facilities are located in Sininger Hall availability of these certifi cates. on the NMHU campus directly across the Mission of the School of Business Ad- quadrangle from Thomas C. Donnelly Library. ministration Extensive computer facilities are located New Mexico Highlands University’s School within the building, including a teaching class- of Business Administration is committed to be room with 24 systems attached to a local area the best small HSI business school in the na- network which, in turn, is connected to the tion by developing our students to be competi- NMHU network. This provides the students tive and ethical professionals with the ability with access to full Internet facilities. to operate in the global business environment. In addition, there is an open computer laboratory similarly tied together via a local area Excellence in teaching is evidenced by: network into the NMHU system. This allows •Faculty recruiting and development that fos- students to work on assignments on their own ters enhancement in the quality of teaching time schedule. A complete array of word pro- •Scholarly and research activity that supports cessing, spreadsheet, database, and presenta- and enhances classroom teaching tion graphic software is maintained on all the •Faculty service that narrows the gap between systems. Students also have access to several classroom theory and the needs of the business portable computer systems that can be moved community into a classroom for class presentations. Educational experience is offered through: •Small class enrollments to foster interactive NMHU Centers and high involvement learning The M.B.A. is also offered at the New Mexico •Opportunities for students to participate in Highlands University Center at Rio Rancho, many real-world scenarios in classroom and NMHU Center in Partnership with San Juan Col- internship settings lege, and at NMHU center in Santa Fe/Espanola. •Faculty-student relationships that extend from Requirements for admission to the M.B.A. academic advising through career choices, in- Program: 90 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

1. Students must have at least a 3.0 GPA in Strategy and Bus 696 Business Case Study. undergraduate work; however, major Students should take these courses in the courses or only the last 60 hours of credit last semester of coursework. Mgmt 689 may also be examined. focuses on strategic business analysis, and 2. Professional work experience in adminis- each student will prepare and present a fi nal tration may be considered when reviewing written case analysis that demonstrates their applicants who do not have an undergradu- ability to analyze business problems. They ate degree in business. will present their case solution formally in 3. Students who do not have an undergraduate an oral examination to a committee of three degree in business will be considered based faculty members; two from the School of upon the total undergraduate record, with Business and one faculty from outside of the defi ciency courses required as needed to School of Business. Students must continue to establish an appropriate background for register for Bus 696 until all requirements are graduate work in business administration. completed. 4. All students are expected to have computer profi ciency and be able to use basic tools of The written document will follow the APA business: word processing and spreadsheets. style format and will comply with the exit Students lacking these skills are advised to requirements of the Offi ce of Graduate Studies take classes in these areas prior to request at New Mexico Highlands University. ing admission to the program. Upon successful completion of any defi cien- Master of Business Administration cies, all coursework, the written case analysis (M.B.A.) and oral examination, the student will be nom- The master of business administration is a inated to candidacy for the M.B.A. degree. 37- credit degree that prepares students for leadership positions in business, state and General MBA Program federal government, or non-profi t institutions. Required courses: Building on a foundation of management, ac- Bus 501 Intro to Bus Analysis (3) counting, fi nance, economics, and marketing, Mgmt 601 Bus Rsrch Meth (3) the program emphasizes administrative ability, Bus 604 Quant Meth (3) managerial potential, fi nancial decision mak- Acct 605 Managerial Acct (3) ing, and long-range planning skills. Fin 607 Managerial Finance (3) Econ 608 Managerial Econ (3) The program utilizes an intensive problem- Blaw 639 Legal Environment of solving approach, featuring case studies and Business (3) simulations across the spectrum of decision Mgmt 622 Intl Business and Society (3) areas within business organizations and Mgmt 664 Organizational Theory (3) emphasizing the integrative nature of manage- Mktg 684 Marketing Mgmt (3) rial responsibilities. Use of the computer as Mgmt 687 Human Resource Mgmt (3) a management tool is required for databases, Mgmt 689 Business Strategy (3) spreadsheets, statistical analysis, and linear Bus 696 Business Case Study (1) programming. Core Total: 37 *Bus 500 is only required of students lacking Exit Requirements for Completing the preparation in Marketing, Management, and M.B.A. Degree Information Systems and this course will be During the fi nal year of M.B.A. coursework assigned if students are admitted provisionally. all students must take Mgmt 689, Business Students may choose an MBA concentration, New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 91 in addition to the general program, in one of 522. Corporate, Partnership, the following areas: and Estate Taxation (3) Concentration in Non-Profi t Financial Emphasis on corporation tax, estate tax, and Management: partnership and gift tax. Acct 589 Governmental Acct (3) 581. Accounting and Acct 501 Budgeting (3) Information Systems (3) Econ 609 Public Economics (3) The formal accounting-information system Policy Either SW 541, EdAdm 675 or with emphasis on the application of general PolS 614 (3) theory of information to the problem of ef- Mgmt 634 Practicum in Not for Profi t fi cient economic operations. Prerequisite: MIS (3) 233, Acct 301. Total hours: 15 582. International Accounting (3) Concentration in International Business: A study of differences between the United Fin 575 International Finance (3) States’ and other countries’ accounting and Mktg 574 International Mktg (3) reporting procedures and their importance to Acct 582 International Acct (3) business. Bus 654 Practicum: Residency in 583. Not-for-Profi t Accounting (3) Latin America (6) This course provides a foundation of Not- Span 625 Applied Span for the for-Profi t accounting. Students will compare Professions (3) and contract not-for-profi t enterprises with IntB 530 Intl Negotiations (3) for-profi t businesses, apply basic accounting Total hours: 21 concepts to not-for-profi t organizations, and Concentration in Human Resources Mgmt: understand and construct basic fi nancial state- Mgmt 540 Intl Human Resource ments. Mgmt (3) Mgmt 553 Organizational 589. Governmental Accounting (3) Leadership (3) Principles and procedures in governmental and Mgmt 560 Training and Develop of institutional units and fi duciaries. Prerequisite: Human Resourse (3) Acct 288 or permission of instructor. Mgmt 565 Personnel Practices and 605. Financial Accounting (3); 4,0 the Law (3) The organization and analysis of fi nancial ac- Mgmt 566 Compensation and counting information for graduate students of Benefi ts (3) business management. Total hours: 15 606. Managerial Accounting (3); 4,0 The uses of cost information in evaluating past Courses in Accounting (Acct) performance and planning future operations. 501. Budgeting (3) Prerequisite: Acct 288, Math 106 or Bus 110, A study of comprehensive profi t planning and and Math 360 or Bus 210 or equivalents. control. 689. Seminar in Tax Planning (3) 510. Accounting Technology (3) A study of family tax minimization, taking This course is designed to introduce the into consideration federal income, gift, and student to the practical application and use estate taxes. of computerized accounting applications and 690. Independent Study (1 – 4 VC) technology using an integrated accounting Individual directed study arranged with an system. instructor. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 92 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

Course in Business Law (BLaw) during the semester that they expect to complete their oral examination and receive their 639. Legal Environment of Business (3) degree. Students must continue to register for A study of U.S. government regulation of one credit hour of Bus 696 until the business economic activity and its effect on various case analysis has been accepted by the School segments of the business community. of Business. Course in General Business (Bus) Courses in Economics (Econ) 608. Managerial Economics (3) 500. Principles of Business Applied theory of the fi rm, with emphasis Administration (3) on marginalism, cost price, policy, executive This course provides an introduction to prin- decision, and allocation of resources. Prereq- ciples of Management, Information Systems uisite: Econ 217, Math 106 or Bus 110, and and Marketing for students who have not Math 360 or Bus 210. taken these course in their undergraduate preparation. Not required for students with un- 609. Political Economy (3) dergraduate degrees in business. Prerequisite Public economics is the study of government’s for all other NMBA classes except Bus 501, effect on the economy. The course explains: Bus 601, and Bus 604. the political economy of government behavior; how government infl uences the behavior of 501. Business Analytical Techniques (3) private fi rms and households; and the welfare Review of business analysis techniques that effect of government intervention on the includes basic accounting and fi nancial analy- allocation and distribution of an economy’s sis and microeconomic analysis. resources. Prerequisite: Econ 608. 601. Business Research Methods (3) 635. Selected Topics in Economics (1–4 VC) A comination of instruction, reading, investi- Course in a topic or topics in economics. May gation desgined to develop tools to do practi- be repeated with change of content. cal research. Prequisite: Math 106 or Bus 110 and Math 360 or Bus 210. Courses in Finance (Fin) 604. Quantitative Methods in Business (3) 509. Investments (3) A study of the most widely used operation-re- An introduction to security markets, including search techniques in business and economics. valuation techniques and the tax and regula- Prerequisite: Math 106 or Bus 110 and Math tory environment with special emphasis on 360 or Bus 210 or equivalents. stocks, bonds, and related investments. 634. Practicum (1–4 VC) 510. Real Estate Investments (3) External fi rm placement with extensive An examination of the real estate invest- responsibilities and project, taken once for ment process. Techniques of market analysis, credit. Graded with “S” or “NP.” Prerequisite: assessment of risk, and legal constraints will Completion of all M.B.A. core requirements be explored. Forecasting relevant income, and permission of advisor. expenses, and cash fl ows in order to make op- 690. Independent Study (1–4 VC) timal investment decisions will be discussed. Individual directed study with an instructor. 552. Mutual Fund Investing (3); 4,0 Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. This course introduces the student to mu- 696. Business Case Study (1) tual funds in the context of today’s fi nancial Individual business case analysis. Students environment. Students will generate their own must register for one credit hour of Bus 696 portfolio of mutual funds that best meet their current needs. New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 93

560. Portfolio Analysis (3); 4,0 likely are to be taught in Spanish reinforc- This course introduces the student to the fi nan- ing the language component of the student. cial analysis of common stock in the context Additionally, visits to local fi rms and living in of today’s fi nancial environment. Student will a different cultural environment will provide generate their own portfolio of stocks that best fi rst hand knowledge and experience. If avail- meet their current needs. able, teaching or research assistantship will be 575. International Financial negotiated with the foreign institution. Management (3) An overview of the workings of trade and Courses in Management (Mgmt) fi nance in an international setting. Particular 535– 635. Selected Topics (1–4 VC) attention is given to handling problems associ- Course in a topic or topics in business. May be ated with exchange rate movements, sources repeated with a change of content. of funds for overseas operations and invest- 540. International Human ments, and criteria to judge foreign investment Resource Management (3) opportunities. Prerequisite: Fin 341, or Fin The goal of this course is to sensitize students 501, or permission of instructor. to the complex issues that exist in the interna- 607. Financial Management (3) tional business environment. The topics of HR A study of the tools and techniques used in planning, selection, appraisal, training, cross fi nancial management. Analysis of fi nancial cultural adaptation, motivation, empowerment, needs, acquisition of fi nancial resources, and and management style will be studied through allocation of funds are covered in readings, case analysis as they apply to international case problems, and class discussions. Prereq- business operations. Prerequisite: Mgmt 303, uisite: Fin 341, or Fin 501, or permission of or Mgmt 501, or permission of instructor. instructor. 552. Technological Entrepreneurship (3) 690. Independent Study (1 – 4 VC) Problems and issues facing a new fi rm (or a Individual directed study arranged with an new product in an existing fi rm) based on an instructor. Prerequisite: Permission of the invention or technological advancement; the instructor. excitement of being an entrepreneur; knowledge and elementary skills of appraising and Courses in International developing a signifi cant new technology-based Business (IntB) fi rm. Prerequisite: Mgmt 303, or Mgmt 501, or 530. International Negotiations (3) permission of instructor. The main goal os to study the fundamentals 553. Organizational Leadership (3) of international negotiations and the effect of This course is designed to address the fun- cultural differences among regions of the work damental aspects of leading and motivating in communication processes. We will review people. It includes understanding working also the importance of cross-cultural commu- with people individually, as well as in groups. nication for international negotiation processes Studies high performance organizations and and for the development of human resources challenges of leading change in organizations. inside multinational companies. Students identify their own leadership traits. 654. Residency in Hispano America (6); Su 555. Management History (3) The goal of this course is to allow the student This course is designed to examine the evolu- to have an international experience. The tion of management thought from its earli- student will register in two courses offered at a est days to the present. The emphasis is on participating institution. Supervision from the various signifi cant contributors to the body of Major Advisor is required. The courses most management knowledge and their ideas. The 94 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

history of great ideas in management on moti- 620. Total Quality Management vations, job design, human resource manage- (TQM): Tools and Techniques (3) ment, ethics, social responsibility, leadership, This course will profi le the leaders of quality production/operation management, business movement, examine in-depth six foundational policy/strategy, and the management process principles of quality (customer, systems, varia- are explored through the writings of various tion, knowledge, planned change, and people), individuals. Prerequisite: Mgmt 303, or Mgmt and develop student expertise in quality tools 501, or permission of instructor. such as statistical control charts, affi nity and 560. Training and Development pareto diagrams. of Human Resources (3) 622. International Business and Society (3) This course covers the cycle training and This course is a study of opinions of right and development of human resources: needs as- wrong” as applied to the institutional behavior sessment, training approaches and techniques, of the private sector (i.e. corporations, pri- and evaluation of training effectiveness. vately owned business). It is appropriate, and 565. Personnel Practices and the Law (3) important, to ask “normative” questions about This course addresses the increasing intrusion the private sector since it is one of the most of the law into personnel functions by famil- powerful forces in out contemporary global iarizing students with the EEO and personnel society. Yet, the private sector is a fairly new law. Such topics as the Family Medical Leave phenomenon for human society and we are Act and the Americans with Disabilities Act just beginning to examine questions of ethics will be discussed as they relate to personnel regarding business decisions and actions. The practices. analysis will be done inside the richness of the international business arena. A picture of 566. Performance Evaluation the issues that create trade among nations and and Compensation (3) the one that put pressure over fi rms to become This class focuses on the concepts and global is included. The student will understand theories applicable to the design, develop- why some countries are willing to attract for- ment, implementation and maintenance of eign direct investment, while others rejects the a pay system that treats all employees fairly idea. Finally, the student will know about the and recognizes differences in work related different levels of economic integration among knowledge and skills. The components of total nations and the actual trends. compensation, including base pay, incentives, benefi ts and work life issues will be discussed. 650. Seminar in Management (1–3 VC) Special attention will be given to measuring Seminar course in a topic or topics in management. and rewarding performance and contribution 664. Organizational Theory (3) at the individual, group and organizational Analysis of formal organizations and informal level. Cases and problems associated with relationships among individuals and small implementing compensation systems will be groups. This course stresses the study of busi- analyzed and discussed. ness organization as a system of authority and 590–690. Independent Study (1–4 VC) status, control and communication, decision- Individual directed study arranged with an in- making centers, and leadership positions. Use structor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. is made of cases and research studies. 601. Business Research Methods (3) 687. Human Resources Management (3) A combination of instruction, reading, and Applied case study of human resources man- investigation designed to develop tools to do agement issues, focusing on case study, theory, practical research. Prerequisite: Math 106 or and labor law from the manager’s perspective. Bus 110 and Math 360 or Bus 210. 689. Business Strategy (3); 4,0 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 95

A case approach to concepts of corporate 545. Electronic Commerce (3); 4,0 strategy and organizational planning. Must This course provides an introduction to elec- be taken in the last semester of the program. tronic commerce for business students. This Each student must complete an individual case course will focus on the impact of electronic analysis and present it to their orals committee commerce on business, its current state of as a fi nal requirement for the degree. Prerequi- development, successful electronic business site: Acct 606, Fin 607, Mktg 684, Mgmt 664, strategies and the future of electronic com- Mgmt 601 or permission of instructor. merce. Prerequisite: Computer literacy and the 692. Independent Research (1–4 VC) ability to use the internet. Independent research arranged with an instruc- 551. Internet Marketing Strategies (3); 4,0 tor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. The course focuses on the place of internet 698. Internship in Management (1–6 VC) marketing in an internet marketing strategy, Provides fi eld experience in selected manage- consumer behavior on the internet, current ment environments for the graduate candidate. internet marketing practices, and the future Prerequisite: Approval by the internship of internet marketing. Prerequisite: Computer advisor. literacy and the ability to use the internet. 560. Development Methodology (3); 4,0 Courses in Management This course will examine the nature and Information Systems (MIS) purpose of development methods, compare 505. Business Systems Development (3) and contrast different types of method (e.g. A foundation course that introduces systems formal, informal, light) and specifi c examples concepts and their application to general, of methods within those types. Students will business, and information systems. How to become familiar with models, procedures, and develop management information systems that heuristics common to all methods as well as integrate business and MIS and how to man- idiosyncratic features of particular methods. age the process of development is the central 561. Technical Communications (3); 4,0 focus of this course. Technical Communications will explore the 520. Networking in the varied ways in which technical information Business Environment (3) is expressed, theories of communication and An introduction into the use and role of LANs visual representation of information. Students in the business environment. The course dis- will learn how to effectively create and deliver cusses the function of fi le servers in the LAN’s formal presentations, write user documenta- environment and provides hands-on experi- tion, help systems, proposals and business ence. Cross-listed as: CS 557. plans. 526. Managing the Information 585. System and Software Architecture (3) Systems Organization (3) A capstone course. Students will extend their Course covers management of multiple con- understanding of the design of comprehensive current projects such as assembling develop- systems that integrate business requirements, ment teams, planning, scheduling, monitoring, work fl ow, organization structure, and metrics, and quality issues, with emphasis information processing. Students will also on technical projects, including software demonstrate, with a practical application development. More emphasis will be placed design, their understanding of MIS on managing IS departments of organizations principles of all courses in the major. rather than single projects. 586. Web Site Authoring and Mgmt (3) This course covers the basics of web-page design, including interactive and dynamic pages. 96 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

Use of basic technology such as HTML, 535. Selected Topics in Marketing (1–4 VC) XML, and CGI programming, as well as page Course in a topic or topics in marketing. May creation tools is covered. Site management be repeated with a change of content. and maintenance using dedicated web tools is 540. Marketing Channels and stressed. Marketing Logistics (3) 690. Independent Study (1 – 4 VC) Principles, methods, and problems relating to Individual directed study arranged with an wholesaling, retailing, and physical distribu- instructor. Prerequisite: Permission of the tion. Prerequisite: Mktg 302. instructor. 545. Electronic Commerce (3) This course provides an introduction to elec- Courses in Marketing (Mktg) tronic commerce for business students. The 501. An Overview of Principles of Mktg (3) course will focus on the impact of electronic This course discusses marketing as a discipline commerce on business, its current state of that encompasses a very broad area. and as an development, successful electronic business essential segment of business activity, which is strategies, and the future of electronic com- further broken down into many diverse areas merce. Prerequisite: Computer literacy and and has one overriding purpose – to help the ability to use the Internet. organization meet the customer’s needs. 551. Internet Marketing Strategies (3) 511. Marketing Research (3) The course focuses on the place of Internet Gathering, recording, and analyzing data about marketing in an integrated marketing strategy, problems relating to the marketing of goods consumer behavior on the Internet, current and services. Prerequisite: Mktg 302, Math Internet marketing practices, and the future 106 or Bus 110 and Math 360 or Bus 210. of Internet marketing. Prerequisite: Computer 515. Consumer Behavior (3) literacy and ability to use the Internet. A seminar studying how individuals make 574. International Marketing (3) buying decisions. It focuses on the psycho- Objectives, problems, and challenges facing logical, sociological, behavioral, and cultural those who engage in marketing operations in aspects of the buying decision, and how foreign countries. Foreign marketing organiza- fi rms can use this information to sell more tions, cultural dynamics, trade channels, the effectively in the marketplace. The course legal environment, and political considerations will emphasize current research in the fi eld of are examined. Prerequisite: Mktg 302. consumer behavior. 684. Marketing Management (3) 525. Direct Marketing (3) The approaches and problems of marketing deci- An introduction to the study of how business sion making, considered from the standpoint of uses direct marketing methods to attract and the marketing manager. Prerequisite: Mktg 320, retain customers. Mktg 373, Mktg 411 or permission of instructor. 530. International Negotiations (3) 688. Social Entrepreneurship (3) The main goal is to study the fundamentals of Application of marketing and management international negotiations and the effect of cul- theory to not-for-profi t institutions. The course tural differences among regions of the world promotes the capacity and commitment of in communication processes. We will review business leaders to contribute through social also the importance of cross-cultural commu- enterprise. nication for international negotiation processes 690. Independent Study (1 – 4 VC) and for the development of human resources Individual directed study arranged with an instruc- multinational companies. tor. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 97

SCHOOL OF EDUCATION Clarence Sanchez (Education) Nicolas Sanchez (General Education) Dr. J. Francisco Hidalgo, Dean Leah Wolff (Education Technology) Victoria D. de Sanchez Teacher Education Center, Room 114D Resources and Facilities 505 454-3357 FAX: 505 454-3384 The regional collaboration between New Mexico Highlands University and the North- Accreditation ern New Mexico Network for Rural Educators serves as an excellent resource for the School The School of Education is accredited by the of Education. This collaborative effort identi- National Council for Accreditation of Teacher ﬁ es professional development needs, seeks Education (NCATE). to match resources to needs, and provides Mission of the School of Education a forum for school districts to discuss staff development issues. The school also hosts the The School of Education at NMHU carries Northeast Regional Center Cooperative. forward a long-standing tradition of teacher education that dates back to 1893. We are The School of Education also has a micro- committed to providing experiences and teaching laboratory where students in second- knowledge to students seeking a degree or ary education are videotaped conducting licensure in education. The School of Educa- instructional sessions. An after-school reading tion also promotes continuous personal and program utilizes the school reading labora- professional scholarly development activities tory for local school children, which provides and graduate work to achieve lifelong learn- practical experiences for students in elemen- ing. We subscribe to the philosophy that views tary education, reading, and curriculum and optimal living as a function of the personal instruction programs. In addition, the school ability to pursue a meaningful life in work, has an on-site Child Development Center with leisure and home, while respecting, tolerating educational programs for infants and pre- and valuing all people. school age children. The Child Development Center provides practicum and ﬁ eld work ex- Faculty perience for students in early childhood educa- James M. Alarid (Special Education) tion, as well as for other university programs. Jean Farrar (Counseling) Joan Gallini (General Education) Also established by the School of Education J. Francisco Hidalgo (Education) is the Center for the Education and Study of Jose Hurtado (Special Education) Diverse Populations. This center, housed at the Michael Immerman (Clinical Supervisor) Rio Rancho Learning Center, studies diverse George Leone (Counseling) populations whose needs are unmet and who Merryl Kravitz (Secondary Education) encounter barriers to services and opportuni- Belinda Laumbach (Elementary/Secondary ties, and develops strategies for removing Education) those barriers. The cornerstone for the center Patricia Manzanares-Gonzales (Educational is NMHU’s Southwest Comprehensive Center Leadership) for Region IX. This center provides technical Alice E. Menzor (Elementary/Reading/Cur- assistance to all federal programs under the riculum & Instruction) Improving America’s Schools Act. Chris Nelson (Special Education) Carolyn Newman (Early Childhood Multicul- tural Education) Joseph Sabutis (General Education) 98 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

The School of Education also has a regional The curriculum and instruction option offers Instructional Materials Evaluation Center, graduate work in a variety of academic content which contains publisher-supplied samples of fi elds, with both elementary and second- state-approved texts and materials for review ary emphases. The emphasis fi elds available by school district administrators, teachers, to curriculum and instruction students may parents, and School of Education faculty and include the educational subjects of reading, students. The center also functions as an insti- technology education, early childhood educa- tutional curriculum library, providing selected tion, and bilingual education; and arts and sci- samples of resources for short-term loan. ences subjects including music, art, English, Finally, the school also offers programs to pre- Spanish, history, political science, chemistry, pare teachers, physical education specialists, life science, mathematics, computer science, school athletic administrators, business sports business, and human performance and sport. administrators, coaches, and administrators in the fi elds of education, human performance The School of Education “STURDY” and sport, and leisure services. Model The master’s program in education accepts “Student-centered Teaching for Understand- students with personal commitment to the ing, with Refl ection and Diversity for Youth” discipline who also meet the standards of This model is the foundation for the con- scholarship. With the exception of a degree in ceptual framework of the NMHU School of counseling, master’s candidates complete 12 Education. credits of courses in educational content and 12 credits in a selected emphasis fi eld, as well Teaching for Understanding as 12 credits in appropriate research meth- Teaching for understanding means taking odologies. Education leadership requires 15 students as they arrive in our classroom, build- credits in the content areas and nine credits in ing on knowledge, skills, and experience to a selected emphasis fi eld. reach the desired understanding. Teaching for understanding has been expanded to include School counseling, rehabilitation counseling, the notion of “backwards curriculum develop- and licensed professional counseling require ment.” It is necessary to identify the desired a 48-semester hour curriculum, inclusive of outcomes before developing a curriculum oral and written exams detailing the student’s (and, in our case, syllabus for a course). We course work and internship experience. ask ourselves, “What evidence would demonstrate that the student has achieved the desired The master’s degree in education offers a outcome?” Given that information, the instruc- variety of concentrations and emphases. The tor develops a series of lessons, activities, and master of arts option in education leadership learning experiences to reach those goals. A prepares individuals for licensure in adminis- student who has achieved true understanding tration. The master of arts option in special ed- can explain, predict, apply or adapt, justify, ucation provides the opportunity to specialize critique, judge, make connections, and avoid in the areas of the mentally disabled, behavior common misconceptions. disordered, and learning disabled. An option Teaching for Refl ection in counseling and guidance offers a variety of Refl ective teaching assumes an active role for emphases in school counseling, rehabilitation the instructor – that of a refl ective practitioner. counseling, and professional counseling. The The refl ective teacher focuses not only on con- program qualifi es students for State of New tent, but on such things as the interaction of Mexico Public Education Department profes- the learner with that content, on the teaching sional counselor licensure. environment and classroom culture, the teach- New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 99 er’s own behavior and the student’s reactions by the State Department of Education. An to it, and on the class in the larger context of additional 12 hours of course work is available the school, community. The ultimate goal is for licensed professional clinical counselor continual renewal of the teaching practice. (LPCC) candidates.

Teaching for Diversity Upon completion of the internship, oral and The faculty of the teacher-preparation program written examinations (Counselor Preparation at NMHU recognizes that in order to pre- Comprehensive Examination) are required of pare pre-service teachers for successful and all students. The oral examination will report effective instruction in our nation’s public results from the students’ case study in relation schools, the issue of equity in education to course work. The written exam is a compre- should be addressed. A well-prepared teacher hensive objective exam covering the course should be able to deliver quality instruction content areas. As required by the American in any diverse setting. Preparation for quality Counseling Association Code of Ethics, instruction begins with culturally responsive students failing to demonstrate personal, teaching through a comprehensive approach, professional, and/or ethical behaviors (as these rather than a particular method to be added to behaviors relate to the ability to function as a other techniques. The faculty also extends the counselor), may be denied continuance in the traditional defi nition of “culture” to a broader counseling program. If intervention is indi- scope so as to include a great number of char- cated and completed, the student may petition acteristics in an individual which may result in for readmission. bias from others. Such characteristics include, but are not limited to race, ethnicity, religion, Master of Arts in Education socioeconomic status, educational level, (M.A.) sexual orientation, age, area of origin, varying Concentration in Counseling ability, gender, or language. The ultimate goal The program is structured around three of education for diversity is to provide equity components: core curriculum, research and among students through the practice of pre- methodology, and emphasis area. senting and giving voice to diverse perspec- Required core: 30-33 tives in the classroom. Coun 601 Prof Orientation (3) Coun 603 Theory & Pract of Counseling Career Develop (3) The school counseling emphasis area is Coun 605 Pre-Pract in Coun designed to meet requirements for licensure Skills (3) in school counseling set by the New Mexico Coun 606 Theories & Prin of State Department of Education. The licensed Ind Couns (3) professional counseling emphasis area is Coun 607 Group Tech Coun (3) designed to meet requirements set by the New Coun 611 Multicult Coun (3) Mexico Counseling and Therapy Practice Coun 634 Practicum (3) Board for licensure as a licensed professional Coun 698 Internship in counselor (LPC). The rehabilitation counsel- Counseling (3-6)* ing emphasis is designed to meet requirements GnEd 605 Statistics for Educ (3) set by the National Commission on Rehabili- GnEd 610 Educ Res Interpret (3) tation Counselor Certifi cation for certifi ed * 600 hours over two semesters. Three credits rehabilitation counselors. Rehabilitation Coun- each semester. This can be done in one semes- seling also meets requirements for Licensed ter with approval of advisor. Rehabilitation Counselor in the schools set Core Total: 33 100 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

Emphasis in School Counseling Concentration in Curriculum and Required courses: 12 Instruction Coun 602 Coun Child This program is structured around three & Adol (3) components: required core, emphasis area, and Coun 608 Appraisal of Ind, research methodology. Group, & Fam in Required core: 12 Coun (3) EdLd 675 Educ Leadership (3) Coun 615 Family Coun (3) GnEd 615 Instr Strat & Ment (3) Coun 620 Org & Admin of Sch GnEd 641 Adv Educ Psy (3) Coun (3) GnEd 663 Prin of Curr Const (3) Electives: 3 Research Methodology: 12 Choose one course in consultation with an GnEd 605 Statistics for Educ (3) advisor. GnEd 610 Educ Res Interpret (3) Emphasis Total: 15 Choose one of the following courses: GnEd 697 Field Project (1-6) Emphasis in Professional GnEd 699 Thesis (1-6) Counselor Licensure Emphasis Area: 12 Required courses: 12 Coun 608 Appraisal of Ind, Students will select an emphasis area in Group & Fam in consultation with their education advisor and Coun (3) advisors for the fi eld(s) of study selected. Coun 615 Family Coun (3) Emphasis area options are available in many Coun 619 Mgmt of Coun of the university’s content fi elds, offering Prog (3) course selections to meet individual needs. Coun 625 Couns Individ Across Specifi cally emphasis-area options may be Lifespan (3) formulated from programs which offer 500- Elective: 3 and/or 600-level courses in many disciplines Choose one course in consultation with an including advanced placement and outside advisor. the School of Education, including art, music, Emphasis Total: 15 Spanish, English, philosophy, history, political science, business, human performance and Emphasis in Rehabilitation sport, anthropology, sociology, psychology, Counseling computer science, mathematics, life science Required courses: 15 (in biology and environmental science), chem- Coun 608 Appraisal of Individaul/ istry, geology, physics, and also in technology Group/Family (3) teacher education, reading, early childhood Coun 640 Rehab Foundations (3) multicultural education, and bilingual educa- Coun 642 Case Mgmt/Job tion. The advisor for the area of interest should Placement (3) be consulted. SpEd 673 Medical Aspects of Disability (3) In formulating plans for the emphasis area, SpEd 674 Psychocult/Psychosoc students and advisors must consider vari- Aspects of Disabil (3) ous limitations: the frequency of offering of Emphasis Total: 15 the necessary 500- and 600-level courses, Program Total: 58 both during the fall and spring semesters and in the summer session (the selection may be especially limited for students who rely New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 101 totally or principally on classes scheduled in gram to meet the 36-hour MA requirements. evenings and/or summers); any requirements Required courses: 15 from the State of New Mexico Public Educa- EdLd 6oo Leader Exploration (3) tion Department; having the preparation to EdLd 625 EdLd & Principal (3) undertake advanced studies in the fi eld; and EdLd 680 Refl ective Leader (3) for students whose undergraduate degrees are EdLd 698 Internship I (3) from NMHU, the availability of appropriate EdLd 698 Internship II (3) 500-level courses that were not taken already Emphasis Area: 12 at the 400-level. Complete four of the six courses from the fol- Program Total: 36 lowing list. Additional stipulations for admission to the EdLd 615 Sch Fin & Budge(3) master of arts in education, curriculum and EdLd 620 School Law (3) instruction: Students will have received EdLd 630 Sch Comm Relat (3) licensure for teaching in the State of New EdLd 640 Supervis & Eval of Mexico or the equivalent. Applications should Personnel (3) indicate a desired emphasis area at the time of EdLd 660 Chng Tech & Gov (3) application. Gned 663 Prin of Curriculum Const (3) Concentration in Educational Required Research Courses: 9 Leadership GnEd 605 Statistics for Educ (3) This program is structured around three GnEd 610 Educ Res Interpret (3) components: required core, emphasis area, and Choose one of the following: research methodology. EdLd 697 Field Project (3) OR Two options are available for Master’s Degree EdLd 699 Thesis (3) Candidates in Educational Leadership. OR The Portfolio Block:g Option One: is to pursue a Master’s Degree EdLd 608 Res Sem I (1) with eligibility for a New Mexico K-12 School EdLd 651 Res Sem II (1) Administrator License. Stipulations for admis- EdLd 697 Field Project (1) sion to this option is that candidates will have Program total 36: received licensure for teaching in the state of New Mexico or the equivalent AND have at Concentration in Special least one year of licensed K-12 teaching. Education This program is structured around three Option Two: is to pursue a Master’s Degree components: required core, emphasis area, and without eligibility for a New Mexico K-12 research methodology. School Administrator License. This option Required core: 12 is tailored for candidates who do not have a SpEd 501 Diag of Exceptional teaching license or teaching experience, yet Child (3) wish the background leadership and adminis- SpEd 550-650 Sem in Sp Ed (3) trative knowledge obtained from the program. SpEd 612 The Sp Ed Prog (3) Candidates who choose this option would take SpEd 675 Org & Adm Sp Ed (3) all course requirements except the two semes- Emphasis Area: 12 ters (6 credit hours) of Internship. Instead they Choose twelve credits from the following list would take two additional 3-credit elective or from additional courses approved by the courses approved by their advisor in the pro- program advisor. 102 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

Anth 524 Soc & Cult Dynamics 603. Theory and Practice of of the SW (3) Career Development (3) Anth 561 Comm & Cult (3) A study of theories and approaches useful in Phil 525 Reasoning Skills career counseling. Emphasis will be given to for the Schools (3) career planning models, sources of informa- Psy 510 Physiological Psy (3) tion, and exposure to the changing world of Psy 519 Intro to Beh Therapy (3) work. Psy 522 Human Sexuality (3) 604. Counseling in the Psy 530 Psy of Sex Roles (3) Elementary School (3) Psy 545 Beh Disorders in Child (2) Introduction to the types of problems found Psy 573 Psy of Suicide (3) among elementary school children; explora- Psy 605 Memory & Cognition (3) tion of developmental counseling for use in Psy 671 Psychodynamics & the elementary school. Psychopathology (3) 605. Pre-Practicum in Counseling Skills (3) Psy 674 Ind Intelligence Test (3) This course serves as the student’s fi rst formal Psy 675 Personality Assess (3) exposure to the actual practice of counseling. Psy 679 Beh Therapy & Assess (3) As such, it will introduce the student, within Research Methodology: 12 a safe and controlled setting, to the dynam- GnEd 605 Statistics for Educ (3) ics and process of the counselor’s role. The GnEd 610 Educ Res Interpret (3) student learns to focus, refl ect, paraphrase, Choose one of the following courses: summarize, ask effective question, and use SpEd 697 Field Project (1-6) interpretation, confrontation, and immediacy SpEd 699 Thesis (1-6) in the counseling relationship. Prerequisite: Program Total: 36 Coun 601 and Coun 606. Courses in Counseling and 606. Theory and Principles of Guidance (Coun) Individual Counseling (3) Contemporary theories and principles of 535 – 635. Selected Topic in Counseling individual counseling with emphasis on their and Guidance (1 – 4 VC) application to counseling situations in schools Course in topic or topics in counseling and and agencies. Prerequisite: Coun 601. guidance. May be repeated with change of content. 607. Group Techniques of Counseling (3) Contemporary theories and principles of group 601. Professional Orientation (3) counseling with emphasis on their applica- An introduction to the skills essential in the tion to counseling situations in schools and helping relationship as applied to clients in agencies. The student learn the principles of the educational and agency setting. Also, effective group facilitation, leadership styles introduces the various settings and modalities and techniques, group stages and process, and of counseling as well as counseling ethics. membership roles and resistances. Prerequi- 602. Counseling Children site: Coun 601 and Coun 606. and Adolescents (3) 608. Appraisal of the Individual, Introduction to the types of problems found Group, and Family in Counseling (3) among students in the elementary, secondary, The focus of this course is on direct and objec- and post-secondary settings; appropriate treat- tive methods of assessment and their practical ment strategies and counseling techniques. utility in the practice of counseling. In addition, projective techniques for assessment New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 103 are studied as well as counseling strategies for ning understanding of applications in working disseminating the results. with families. There will be opportunity for 610. Assessment and Treatment in-class application of the skills introduced. Planning in Counseling (3) Prerequisite: Coun 605 and Coun 606. This course is designed to study the develop- 619. Management of ment, assessment, and treatment of abnormal Counseling Program (3) human behavior patterns and characteristics. This course covers the role, responsibilities, The major mental, emotional, and personality and functions of the licensed professional disorders are covered and studies according counselor and settings in which they might to the DSM-IV. Treatment plans based on be employed. Leadership and management DSM-IV diagnoses are also studied. Special practices will be explored as they relate to attention is given to ethnic and cultural consid- the counseling profession and the services erations in assessment and treatment planning. provided by professional counselors. Specifi c 611. Multicultural Counseling (3) needs, challenges, and licensing requirements Acquaints students with contrast of values, found in community mental health settings are attitudes, and life styles of the predominant given attention. ethnic groups in the local region as well 620. Organization and Administration as throughout the nation. The students are of School Counseling (3) expected to review emerging cross-cultural A study of the organization and administration counseling approaches as a basis for develop- of school counseling services, with emphasis ing a personal approach. on practices in New Mexico. Students will 613. Advanced Group learn the various duties, challenges, and mo- Counseling Seminar (3) dalitites of offering counseling services in the A study of four to six group counseling school setting. approaches for practicing counselors. Each 625. Counseling the Individual student becomes profi cient at applying at least Across the Lifespan (3) one approach. Prerequisite: Coun 607. This course is designed to familiarize counsel- 614. Existential Counseling (3) ing students with the spectrum of theory and This course is designed to give the student an hands-on practice of counseling techniques in-depth understanding of the principles and used with individuals as they develop across techniques of existential counseling. An exis- the lifespan. The problems and confl icts ap- tential counseling is defi ned as both a theoreti- pearing in different life stages and their treat- cal orientation and a practical approach to ment through specifi c counseling skills and working with individuals and their problems strategies are covered. Emphasis is placed on with everyday living. Attention is given to the the individual within a family context. application of existential principles to cultur- 634. Practicum in Counseling (3) ally diverse populations. It is also seen how Field experience in counseling and guidance existential counseling responds to current in a planned, recorded, and evaluated project. needs for more brief forms of counseling. The May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: overall approach includes the development of Pre-arrangement and permission of instructor, understanding through personal refl ection. Coun 601, 605, 606, and 607 plus one other 615. Family Counseling (3) counseling course approved by advisor. This course will focus on developing interven- 636. Mediation and Counseling Process (3) tion skills for working with family systems. A study of mediation process as a tool for Emphasis will be on a growth model in family managing confl ict in the school, home, and the counseling providing students with a begin- work environment. The course is designed to 104 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

provide an alternative way of settling disputes course addresses case management practiced as expediently and constructively as possible. in industry, public, and private settings, and Emphasis will be placed on strategies that will provides knowledge of the managed care enhance the counseling process. system. Practical experiences using a case 637. Advanced Practicum in Counseling (3) development model will be provided. This course is an extension of Coun 634, 644. Counseling Students Practicum in Counseling. It is off-campus in with Special Needs (3) local agencies and clinics to give the student This course is designed to be a study of an experience in the real working conditions problems associated with exceptionality and of agency counselors. The student will learn the practical and theoretical aspects of the record-keeping, treatment-planning, and counseling process in working with ex- related skills. ceptional students. It is further designed to 640. Foundations of Rehabilitation acquaint prospective counselors with their role Counseling (3) and function in the special education process Foundations of Rehabilitation Counseling within a school setting. focuses on the history and philosophy of 650. Seminar in Counseling (1–4 VC) rehabilitation and rehabilitation counsel- Seminar course in a topic or topics in counseling, including federal legislation concerning ing and guidance. vocational rehabilitation and independent 690. Independent Study (1–4 VC) living mandates. The course also focuses on Independent study arranged with an instructor. attitudinal, physical and systems barriers to so- Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. cial integration, including the current range of 692. Independent Research (1–4 VC) services provided for persons with disabilities, Independent research arranged with an instruc- and on informed consumer review, choice, and tor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. personal responsibility in the rehabilitation process. The course explores rehabilitation 696. Case Study (1) process provided in various setting, noting ca- This course is designed to be a one semester reer alternatives for rehabilitation counselors. hour course for those students who are fi n- ished with all their coursework but still need to 642. Case Management and Job do their Case Study and Oral Exam. This will Placement in Rehabilitation (3) allow the students to be enrolled in the uni- The goal of Vocational Rehabilitation is most versity as they complete their Case Study. A often to assist people with disabilities in job course like this is mandated by the university placement, i.e., preparing for employment, so that students can be enrolled when all other and obtaining and maintaining appropri- coursework has been completed. This is not ate employment. This course is designed the mandatory course unless the student needs to provide the Rehabilitation Counseling to continue to be enrolled in the university but student in overview of the job placement and has no courses remaining to be taken. case management functions of rehabilitation counseling, and to enhance the ability to reha- 697. Field Project (1–6 VC) bilitation counseling students to develop and Individual fi eld research and writing in prepa- implement successful job placement strategies ration of a graduate fi eld project (equivalent to for person with disability. Case Management a thesis). Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. is the process through which the rehabilitation 698. Internship/School, Professional, and counselor helps a single client enter and move Rehabilitation Counseling (3–6 VC) through the vocational rehabilitation process, The internship is the fi nal and most compre- concluding with appropriate employment. The hensive professional experience in the coun- New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 105 seling program. The intent of the internship is Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. to provide the student with closely supervised 535. Selected Topic in Early Childhood training at a site outside of the university Multicultural Education (1–4 VC) environment which is congruent to his or her Course in topic or topics in early childhood orientation within the counseling program. In education. May be repeated with change of order to ensure that the student’s individual- content. ized career goals are met in the internship 582. Early Childhood/ experience, arrangements for the internship Special Education (3) are negotiated between the student, the on-site Developing an awareness in educators con- supervisor and the student’s supervising pro- cerning an understanding of children with or fessor at New Mexico Highlands University. without special needs. Cross-listed as: SpEd Prerequisite: Coun 601, 604, 605, 607, and 582. 634. 590. Independent Study (1–4 VC) 699. Thesis (1–6 VC) Individual, directed study arranged with an in- Individual research and writing in preparation structor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. of a graduate thesis. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 592. Independent Research (1–4 VC) Courses in Early Childhood Individual, directed research arranged with an Multicultural Education (ECME) instructor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 515. Principles of Early Childhood Courses in Educational Multicultural Education (3) Leadership (EdLd) An in-depth study of the historical, theoretical, and philosophical development of early child- 535 – 635. Selected Topic in hood education and its implications on current Educational Leadership (1–4 VC) issues and problems. Course in topic or topics in educational leadership. May be repeated with change of content. 524. Curriculum in Early Childhood Multicultural Education Programs (3) 600. Leadership Exploration (3) An in-depth study of various early childhood This introductory course is designed for gradu- education curricula and the development and ate students who are pursuing a career in K-12 design of a curriculum guide. educational leadership. The course focuses on developing skills and perspective necessary to 528. Organizational Designs of be a transformational leader. The faculty will Early Childhood Multicultural assist students in developing an individualized Education Programs (2) professional development plan. Planning early childhood education programs for teachers, supervisors, administrators, and 608. Research Development I (1) social workers. The research development course will have two foci: (1) all aspects of thesis develop- 529. Teaching the Perceptual Skills (2) ment, including statement of purpose, related The rationale, the techniques, and the se- literature, conceptual frameworks, and orga- quence of teaching auditory, oral, visual, and nizational frameworks considerations for the psycho-motor skills prior to reading, writing, thesis/fi eld project/portfolio; and (2) develop- and arithmetic. ment of the framework for their portfolio. 534. Practicum in Early Childhood 610. School Finance and Budgeting (3) Multicultural Education (1–4 VC) The course emphasizes the study of key Campus work placement with specifi c re- legislation (federal and state) that fi nances the sponsibilities over a sustained period of time. public school enterprise. Specifi c emphasis is 106 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

given to the fi nancing of public education in of purpose, related literature, conceptual New Mexico and the budgeting procedures frameworks, and organizational frameworks required by the state, and participation in the considerations for the thesis/fi eld project/port- budget preparation process at the local district folio; and (2) midpoint review of portfolio. level. 660. Change, Technology 620. School Law (3) and Governance (3) The legal basis of public education will be the This course is an introduction to educational focus of this course. Constitutional, federal, change, planning for the implementing tech- state, local, and tort law; policies; and regula- nology, with an emphasis on ethical and moral tions will be studied. principles of governance. 625. Educational Leadership 680. Refl ective Leadership (3) and the Principalship (3) This is the capstone course that provided an This course is a study of the nature, processes, opportunity for refl ection, application and and functions of leadership, developing skills integration of knowledge acquired in the in leadership, communication, improving program. instruction for student learning, and group 690. Independent Study (1–4 VC) development. Independent study arranged with an instructor. 630. School Community Relations (3) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. The course focuses on the relationships that 692. Independent Research (1–4 VC) are needed to build strong school and com- Independent research arranged with an instruc- munity partnerships. Students will be able tor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. to combine theory and practice (praxis) in 697. Field Project (1–6 VC) improving their knowledge and skills related Individual fi eld research and writing in prepa- to connecting the schools with a larger com- ration of a graduate fi eld project (equivalent to munity. a thesis). Prerequisite: GnEd 610 and permis- 634. Practicum in Educational sion of instructor. Leadership (1–4 VC) 698. Internship in Educational Campus work placement with specifi c re- Leadership (1–6 VC) sponsibilities over a sustained period of time. Provides fi eld experience in selected schools Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. for the school leadership graduate candidate. 635. Selected Topic in Prerequisite: Approval by the internship advisor. Educational Leadership (3) 699. Thesis (1–6 VC) Course in topic or topics in educational leader- Individual research and writing in preparation ship. May be repeated with change of content. of a graduate thesis. Prerequisite: GnEd 610 640. Supervision and Evaluation and permission of instructor. of School Personnel (3) The course will develop the necessary Courses in Elementary Education knowledge and skills for leaders to supervise (Elem) teachers and staff and to provide appropri- 517. English as a Second Language (3) ate staff development opportunities to meet A study of English as a second language, organizational goals. conveying methods and procedures of teach- 651. Research Development II (1) ing English to children and adults for whom The research development course will have English is not the native tongue. Students will two foci to continue to develop: (1) all aspects be introduced to second language acquisi- of thesis development, including statement tion theories and basic elements of the sound New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 107 system. It is highly recommended that RdEd 625. Science Education in the 411 be taken prior to or concurrently with this Elementary Grades (3) class. History of science education and methodology 535-635. Selected Topic in in the elementary school, with emphasis on Elementary Education (1–4 VC) current trends. Course in topic or topics in elementary educa- 634. Practicum (1–4 VC) tion. May be repeated with change of content. Campus work placement with specifi c re- 542. Teaching Elementary School sponsibilities over a sustained period of time. Science and Social Studies (3) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Development of teaching strategies appropri- 650. Seminar in Elementary ate to recent innovations in science and social Education (1–4 VC) science teaching for multicultural classrooms. Seminar course in topic or topics in elemen- Laboratories will be offered in both English tary education. and Spanish, when possible, to provide oppor- 692. Independent Research (1–4 VC) tunities for Spanish/English bilingual majors Independent research arranged with an instruc- and other interested students to develop skills tor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor for teaching science and social science in Spanish. Courses in General and Secondary 590-690. Independent Study (1–4 VC) Education (GnEd) Individual, directed study arranged with an in- 510. The Art and Science of Teaching structor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. in Secondary Schools (4); 3,2 619. Mathematics in the Designed to provide an overview of curricu- Elementary School (3) lum and organization in the secondary school A detailed consideration of problems of and to offer actual teaching experience in a elementary mathematics–what to teach, the “micro-teaching” situation, applying basic grade placement of content, and the methods teaching strategies and techniques for the and materials of teaching. purpose of developing teacher competency. A 621. Evaluation of Classroom Performance special fee is charged. in Elementary School Mathematics (2) 512. Theories and Principles of The use of teacher-made and standardized in- Bilingual Education (3) struments to assess performance in elementary Fundamental theories and principles of mathematics, diagnose areas of diffi culty, and bilingual education, preparing the prospec- prescribe remediation. tive teacher to address the issues and concerns 622. Theory and Practice of Teaching intelligently in the classroom. Elementary School Mathematics (3) 520. Sheltered English for Current classroom practices in elementary Content Area Instruction (3) mathematics related to the various theories of This course provides pre-service and in-ser- learning. Emphasis will be placed on current vice teachers a set of linguistic, instructional, developments. assessment and classroom-management 624. Advanced Techniques of Teaching practices that allows English language learners Social Studies in the Elementary School (3) (ELLs) from the advanced-beginner level on Exploration of the modern social studies to develop content-area knowledge, operation- curriculum with emphasis on research and cur- al skills and increased language profi ciency. riculum development. 525. Reasoning Skills for the Schools (3) A general introduction to the basic skills 108 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

involved in reasoning and critical thinking and 550-650. Seminar in General or how they may be incorporated into the cur- Secondary Education (1-4 VC) ricula of the schools. Seminar course in a topic or topics in general 527. Reading in the Content Area (3) or secondary education. Survey of techniques for the development of 555. Classroom Management (3) reading/study skills needed at the secondary Introduces the student to a variety of tech- level as students employ reading as a tool for niques for managing behavior in the class- learning. room. Major areas and specifi c techniques 535–635. Selected Topic in within each will be presented and practiced General Education (1–4 VC) both in the class and in the student’s own Course in topic or topics in general education. teaching situation. Prerequisite: Admission to May be repeated with change of content. student teaching and instructor permission. 536. Parent and Community Involvement (3) 590-690. Independent Study (1-4 VC) Development in prospective teachers and Individual, directed study arranged with an in- experienced educators of necessary attitudes structor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. and strategies related to involving parents and 605. Statistics for Educators (3) other community members in the educational Basic statistics essential to the collection, sum- process. Students will review the research marization, and interpretation of statistical which demonstrates the positive results from data that the educator frequently encounters. involving parents as partners in the child’s 610. Educational Research learning process. Interpretation (3) 537. Instructional Methodologies for Use in Prepares the potential research consumer to Spanish/English Bilingual Classrooms (3) analyze and evaluate research critically, to un- Demonstrate knowledge of and use theories, derstand fundamental research principles and approaches, methods and techniques for teach- techniques, and to design research stratagems ing literacy, bi-literacy and other academic for problem areas in education. Prerequisite: skills in English and the native language. GnEd 605. Spanish is the language of instruction and student participation/presentations. Prerequisite: 615. Instructional Strategy Span 201 or Span 202. and Mentoring (3) Investigation and development of lessons 544. Computer Applications based on a variety of teaching strategies that in Education (3) are appropriate for different grade levels and Provides teachers a working knowledge of the subject areas. Peer mentoring skills will be microcomputer and its specifi c applications in developed through coaching activities while education. A special fee is charged. practicing various teaching strategies. 545. Knowledge of the Profession (3) 630. Advanced Placement Institute (3) Legal, ethical, career, and organizational A summer institute and two day follow up de- issues related to education. Students will be signed to prepare teachers to teach Advanced given experiences to assist them in commu- Placement and Pre AP courses. nicating effectively with different individuals involved in the educational process. Prerequi- 634. Practicum (1–4 VC) site: Complete all required coursework (major Supervised fi eld experiences; planned, re- and minor) and admission to student teaching. corded, and evaluated. Prerequisite: Pre-ar- Co-requisite: Appropriate major Field-Based rangement and permission of instructor. III experience. 636. Workshop in Education (1–4 VC) Workshop is a selected topic, which may be New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 109 offered at the request of a school district or 99. Thesis (1–6 VC) teacher group attempting to solve an educa- Individual research and writing in preparation tional problem. of a graduate thesis. Prerequisite: Permission 640. Curriculum Design & Management of instructor. for Advanced Placement (3) Courses in Reading (RdEd) This course will provide an in-depth discussion of academic content and 511. Teaching and Diagnosis methods for delivering instruction in of Reading (3); 2,2 Advanced Placement classrooms. An overview of teaching reading in the primary and intermediate grades and diagnostic 641. Advanced Educational Psychology (3) tools and corrective instructional techniques Application of recent learning research to in the classroom. Emphasis is placed on instructional, curricular, and administrative developing competencies in the teaching of problems. reading and adopting reading instruction based 645. Socio-Cultural Factors on a knowledge of reading process, methods, Affecting Education (3) and materials. Two hours of lab are required. Studies of the social and cultural factors infl u- Prerequisite: Field Base I & II. encing educational practice with emphasis on 516. Teaching Reading and the Language Hispanic and Native American cultures of the Arts in the Bilingual Classroom (3) Southwest and identifi cation of local factors of Methods and materials in the Spanish-English a social/cultural nature that infl uence educa- bilingual classroom, with emphasis upon the tional practice. development of reading and language arts 650. Foundations of the Advanced skills in bilingual children. Placement Program, Leadership 526. Reading and Literature for Approaches and Vertical Teaming (3) Children and Young Adults (3) This course introduces the foundations Exploration and evaluation of the artistic qual- of Advanced Placement and Vertical ities of folk and fairy tales, myths, legends, Teaming. In addition, program development fables, epics, hero tales, and realistic stories and evaluation will be explored. for children (pre-school to grade 8) and young 663. Principles of Curriculum adults (grades 9 to 12), with emphasis on mul- Construction (3) ticultural literature and on helping teachers to A study of the social, cultural, psychological, motivate youngsters to develop reading skills and philosophical bases related to the prin- while reading relevant literature. ciples and technical problems of curriculum 535 - 635. Selected Topic in development. The course assists in Reading (1–-4 VC) the identifi cation of local educational needs Course in topic or topics in reading. May be through assessment. repeated with change of content. 692. Independent Research (1–4 VC) 590 - 690. Independent Study (1–-4 VC) Independent research arranged with an instruc- Individual, directed study arranged with an in- tor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. structor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 697. Field Project (1–6 VC) 616. Psycholinguistics and Reading (3) Individual fi eld research and writing in prepa- The study of reading as a socio-psycholinguis- ration of a graduate fi eld project (equivalent to tic process. a thesis). Prerequisite: Permission of instruc- 618. Diagnosis and Remedial Reading 1 (3) tor. Advanced study of informal tests, assessment 110 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

tools, the diagnostic process, and the imple- 535 – 635. Selected Topic in mentation of corrective procedures for reading Special Education (1–4 VC) defi ciencies through a case study for either an Course in topic or topics in special education. elementary or secondary student in clinical or May be repeated with change of content. classroom setting. 540. Methods and Materials 621. Diagnosis and Remedial Reading 2 (3) in Special Education (3) A continuation of RdEd 618. Introduction to Individualized instruction and selection of formal and standardized tests, with emphasis appropriate methods and materials to meet upon administering, interpreting, and evaluat- educational programming needs for students ing the results obtained therefrom, drawing with mild to moderate disabilities. conclusions, and making relevant recommen- 550-650. Seminar in Special Education (3) dations for correcting the reading defi ciencies A seminar course in topic or topics in special analyzed. education. 623. Evaluating Reading Materials 582. Early Childhood/ & Designing Instructional Special Education (3) Reading Programs (3) Developing an awareness in educators con- Survey of reading resources and development cerning an understanding of children with or and use of standards in selecting and evaluat- without special needs. Cross-listed as: ECME ing appropriate materials for instructional 582. programs in reading. 583. Nature and Needs of the 634. Practicum (1 – 6 VC) Mentally Handicapped (3) Campus work placement with specifi c re- A comprehensive view of people with intellec- sponsibilities over a sustained period of time. tual disabilities, with emphasis on their needs Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. and services available to them; history of the 650. Seminar in Reading (3) fi eld and current trends; the problems caused Seminar course in a topic or topics in reading by intellectual disabilities in a family and education. Content may vary. society. The course also introduces teaching 692. Independent Research (1 – 4 VC) techniques and methods. Independent research arranged with an instruc- 584. Curriculum Development tor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. in Special Education (3) A study of curriculum practices in special Courses in Special Education education settings. (SpEd) 585. Nature and Needs of the 501. Diagnosis of the Exceptional Child (3) Learning Handicapped (3) Practice in the use of a variety of data-collec- Needs and services for children and youth tion instruments and techniques, as well as with mild learning disabilities and behavior procedures for writing up the data collected, disorders; teaching techniques and methods. making referrals, and developing an instruc- 590–690. Independent Study (1–4 VC) tional program. Individual, directed study arranged with an in- 534. Practicum in Special structor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Education (1–4 VC) 612. The Special Education Program (3) Supervised work in a special education pro- A study of special education with emphasis on gram setting. exceptionality and types of program intervention. New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 111

634. Practicum in Special Education (1 – 8 VC) Supervised work in a special education program setting, with program options made available to the course participants. Prerequi- site: Permission of instructor. 672. Counseling Parents of Exceptional Children (3) A study of problems associated with exceptionality and counseling approaches used with parents, with emphasis on resources available to parents. 673. Medical Aspects of Disability (3) An overview of human disability and medical terminology. Provides a review of human body systems, major disabling conditions and their implications for rehabilitation counseling. 674. Psychocultural/Psychosocial Aspects of Disability (3) Provides an overview of psychosocial and psychocultural aspects of disability emphasizing emotional issues infl uencing the adjust- ment process of persons with disabilities. 675. Organization and Administration of Special Education (3) A study of the organization and administration of special education services at the federal, state, and local level, with emphasis on New Mexico state guidelines for special education. 692. Independent Research (1–4 VC) Independent research arranged with an instructor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 697. Field Project (1–6 VC) Individual fi eld research and writing in preparation of a graduate fi eld project (equivalent to a thesis). Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 699. Thesis (1–6 VC) Individual research and writing in preparation of a graduate thesis. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 112 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

DEPARTMENT OF EXERCISE Required courses: 12 AND SPORT SCIENCE HPS 620 Res Meth in HPLS (3) HPS 670 Assessment & Eval in Dr. Kathy Jenkins, Department Chair HPLS (3) Wilson Physical Education Complex, HPS 697 Field Project (1-6) Room 227 505 454-3479/3287 OR FAX: 505 454-3001 HPS 699 Thesis (1-6) E-MAIL: [email protected] Electives: 24 Choose at least 24 credits from the following: Mission Department of Exercise Hlth 521 Epidemiology (3) and Sport Sciences Hlth 535 Selected Topic in The mission of the New Mexico Highlands Health (3) University’s exercise and sport sciences Hlth 569 Pub Health & Well (3) graduate program is to develop and strengthen Hlth 589 Fitness/Wellness Prog an educational program for a diverse student Leadership (3) population with a distinct identity. At the same Hlth 590 Indep Study (1–4) time, ESS aims to provide students with a HPS 508 Prin, Ethics, & Prob of comprehensive understanding of liberal arts Athletic Coach (3) and science as it pertains to health, physical HPS 521 Designs for Fitness (3) education, exercise science, sport, and sport HPS 534-634 Practicum in HPS(1-4) administration, by empowering graduate stu- HPS 535-635 ST in HPS (1-4) dents with research and inquiry skills to solve HPS 561 Sport Mktg & society’s problems relating to health, physi- Promotion (3) cal activity, sport, and leisure, the program HPS 565 Planning Areas & achieves its major goals. Facilities (3) HPS 568 P E for Special Pop (3) Faculty HPS 576 Theory & Tech in Kathy Jenkins (HPLS/Exercise Science) Exer Stress Testing (3) Dan Houtchens (Health) HPS 578 Psy of Coaching (3) HPS 590-690 Indep Study (1-4) Master of Arts in Human Per- HPS 604 Curriculum Design (3) formance and Sport (M.A.) HPS 612 Sport in Society (3) This program continues the undergraduate HPS 613 PE, Athletics & Law (3) program’s emphasis on physical education, HPS 641 Issues in HPLS (3) health, wellness, and sport. The program is HPS 650 Seminar (1) ﬂ exible in offering a number of course options HPS 651 Admin of Athletics (3) for school applications; social, legal, and ethi- HPS 660 Hist & Phil of P E & cal dimensions; advanced exercise physiology; Sport (3) health; and specialized topics such as sports HPS 682 Phys Basis of Sport psychology and special physical education. Perf & Cond Prog. (3) Students in the master’s program also receive HPS 687 Analy of Sport Perf (3) a foundation in inquiring skills including HPS 692 Indep Research (1-4) research methods and assessment as prepara- Program Total: 36 tion for a comprehensive study. Students may select either a thesis or ﬁ eld project. A total of 36 credit hours is required. New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 113

Concentrations in Teacher Educa- HPS 535-635 ST in HPS (1-4) tion and Sports Administration HPS 550-650 Seminar in HPS (1-4) This program presents an opportunity to focus HPS 561 Sport Mktg & Promotion on careers in teaching in the public or private (3) sector, national or international market, or in HPS 568 PE for Special Pop (3) the sports and fi tness industry. Students may HPS 576 Theory & Tech in select an area of study that best meets their Exer Stress Testing (3) specifi c interest in the fi elds of teacher educa- HPS 578 Psy of Coaching (3) tion and sports administration. The following HPS 590-690 Indep Study (3) emphasis areas are fl exible and inclusive: HPS 660 Hist & Phil of P E & Teacher Education and Sports Administra- Sport (3) tion with advisement, students may select an EdLd 673 Public School interdisciplinary approach that best satisfi es Admin (3) their specifi c needs. Students may select either HPS 682 Physi Basis of Sport a thesis or fi eld project. A total of 36 credit Perf & Cond (3) hours is required. HPS 687 Analy of Sport Perf (3) Research Methodology: 12 Concentration Total: 12 These courses satisfy the university’s research criteria. Concentration in Sports GnEd 610 Educ Res Interpret (3) Administration (Education emphasis) Select 12 credits from the following: OR EdLd 673 Public School HPS 620 Res Meth HPLS (3) Admin (3) OR Acct 606 Managerial Acct (3) Mgmt 601 Bus Res Methods (3) Fin 607 Financial Mgmt (3) (Business emphasis) Mgmt 664 Organizational HPS 670 Assess & Eval (3) Behavior (3) HPS 697 Field Project (1-6) MIS 525 Info Sys: Mgmt Issues OR & Tech (3) HPS 699 Thesis (1-6) Mktg 511 Marketing Res (3) Required core: 12 HPS 508 Prin, Ethics, & Prob HPS 612 Sport in Society (3) of Athletic Coach (3) HPS 613 PE, Athletics, & Law (3) HPS 534-634 HPS Practicum (1-4) HPS 641 Issues in HPLS (3) HPS 535-635 ST in HPS (1-4) HPS 604 Curriculum Design (3) HPS 550-650 Seminar in HPS (1-4) (Education Students Only) HPS 509 Econ & Fin in Sport (3) OR HPS 512 Public Relations in Sport (3) HPS 651 Admin of Athletics (3) HPS 561 Sport Marketing & (Sports Admin Stud Only) Promotion (3) Core Total: 24 HPS 565 Planning Areas & Facilities (3) Concentration in Teacher Education HPS 578 Psy of Coaching (3) Select 12 credits from the following: HPS 590-690 Indep Study (1-4) HPS 508 Prin, Ethics, & Prob HPS 604 Curriculum Design (3) of Athletic Coach (3) HPS 660 Hist & Phil of Sport HPS 521 Designs for Fitness (3) & PE (3) 114 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

HPS 598-698 Internship (1-9) 590. Independent Study (1 – 4 VC) (See additional licensure requirements for Individual, directed study arranged with an in- New Mexico’s State certiﬁ cation.) structor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.

Courses in Health (Hlth) Courses in Human Performance and 521. Epidemiology (3) Sport (HPS) Epidemiology, the study of “all around,” is 508. Principles, Ethics, and Problems the science behind public health statistics. of Athletic Coaching (3) Epidemiological concepts and skills involving Seminar approach to non-technical, “off-fi eld” interpretation and use of health related data in aspects of athletic coaching, including educa- populations or groups are studied. The course tion implications, equipment, fi nancing, li- enables the understanding of causes and ability, and coach-athlete rapport. Prerequisite: transmission of disease, tracking community Human performance major/minor, coaching health problems, and identifying trends related minor, athletic training minor, or consent of to public health problems. Critical judgement instructor. in assessing health related data is developed. 509. Economics and Finance of Sport (3); 3,0 Prerequisite: Hlth 321 or the equivalent. This course will explore the principles of 535. Selected Topic in Health (3) fi nancial management and economics of the Course in topic or topics in health. May be sport industry. Budgeting practices, fundrais- repeated with change of content. ing methods, economic impact analyses, meth- 569. Public Health and Wellness (3) ods of fi nancing, and computer applications in This course includes advanced public health fi nancial management will be analyzed in the concepts and development of critical thinking context of sport. about the role of public health in the commu- 512. Public Relations in Sport (3); 3,0 nity. With interactive discussions, the course This course will provide both theoretical and reviews community health promotion objec- practical applications of public relations with tives and epidemiologically derived statistical regard to the sport industry. Specifi c manage- information. Comprehensive focus is on three rial functions relating to effective communi- major areas: community health promotion, cation with various publics will be analyzed, environmental health protection, and health including employee relations, community resources and services. Prerequisite: Hlth 321 relations, media relations, customer relations, or the equivalent. and image enhancement. 589. Fitness/Wellness Program Leadership (3) 521. Designs for Fitness (3); 3,0 Practical fi eld experience and supportive lec- This course teaches the comprehensive ap- ture in the fi tness and wellness program man- proaches to writing exercise prescriptions for agement aspects of health promotion. Leader- cardiorespiratory and muscular fi tness, and ship skills include administration, health weight management programs. Additionally, education, nutrition strategy, and applied graduate students must analyze current exer- exercise science/technology. Students assist in cise prescription research. the operation of the New Mexico Highlands 534 – 634. Practicum in Human University Wellness (HU-Well) Program. Stu- Performance and Sport (1 – 4 VC) dents may want to choose another work site to Field experience work placement with specifi c gain valuable fi eld experience upon approval responsibility over a sustained period of time. from the professor. Includes on-campus seminars with supervisor. Credit hours for each experience are approved separately by program area. May be repeated New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 115 for a maximum of four credit hours. Practicum 576. Theory and Techniques in areas may be offered in aquatics, adapted Exercise Stress Testing (3); 2,2 physical education, athletic coaching, athletic Theory and practice of graded exercise testing training, health education, and physical educa- for analysis of safe functional capacity and tion. Prerequisite: Pre-approval by petition and for prescription of exercise training programs. permission of instructor. Prerequisite: HPS 370 and HPS 376. Special 535 – 635. Selected Topics in Human lab fee. Performance and Sport (1 – 4 VC) 578. Psychology of Coaching (3) Course in topic or topics in human perfor- This course is a practical survey of sport psy- mance and sport. May be repeated with change chology that is grounded in science. Attitudes, of content. feelings, and behaviors that affect athletic 540. Experiential Activities (3) performance and coaching effectiveness are Developing a repertoire of activities to dealt with from the standpoint of description, promote self esteem, improve communica- explanation, and prediction. Students develop tion skills, promote group cohesion and trust the ability to interpret research results. Major among individuals, and to expand problem- topical areas include review of psychological solving skills. needs of athletes and coaches, and development of mental skills and control with applied 550-650. Seminar in Human techniques. Performance and Sport (1 – 4 VC) 590 – 690. Independent Study (1 – 4 VC) Seminar investigations in physical education Individual, directed study arranged with an in- and/or the related areas of health education, structor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. recreation, and athletics. 598 – 698. Internship (1 – 9 VC) 561. Sport Marketing and External work placement with substantial Promotion (3); 3,0 responsibilities. May be repeated for credit. Course will cover elements and salient issues Prerequisite: Pre-arrangement and permission in management of sport marketing and of instructor. promotion including segmentation and target- 604. Curriculum Design (3) ing, marketing mix, research and analysis. A critical evaluation of curriculum patterns in 565. Planning Areas and Facilities (3) physical education, past and present, including Planning, fi nancing, and managing physical development of a curriculum in physical edu- education and athletic grounds and facilities, cation based on the recommendations of the health and fi tness centers, private and com- National Association for Sport and Physical mercial facilities, and campsites–course is Education Task Force for accreditation to meet designed for professional personnel. the needs of today’s society. 568. Physical Education for 612. Sport in Society (3) Special Populations (3) An investigation of the infl uence sports have Investigations of the historical aspects and had in American society, including Little current issues of providing adapted/special League, interscholastic, intercollegiate, and physical education programs for special professional sports. The course will include a populations. The course covers implications critical analysis of such trends as violence in of federal legislation, practice in preparing sports. Individual Education Programs (IEPs), and 613. Physical Education, Athletics, and the program assessment, planning, and evaluation. Law (3) A study of the areas of negligence, supervision, and administrative issues related to school settings. 116 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

620. Research Methods in Human Perfor- 687. Analysis of Sport Performance: Sepa- mance, Leisure, and Sport (3) rating Fact from Fiction (3) Topics include descriptive methods, ex- Analysis of sport techniques using the princi- perimental design, and historical research; ples of biomechanics, including linear/angular formal writing procedures; measurements; kinematics and kinetics, and fl uid mechanics. the research process; library techniques. The 692. Independent Research (1 – 4 VC) composition of a manuscript is a major part of Independent research arranged with an instruc- the course. tor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 641. Issues in Human Performance, 697. Field Project (1 – 6 VC) Leisure, and Sport (3) Individual fi eld research and writing in prepara- A seminar on issues in the human perfor- tion of a graduate fi eld project (equivalent to a mance, leisure, and sport fi elds studied, ana- thesis). Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. lyzed, written formally, and presented orally. 699. Thesis (1 – 6 VC) The composition of a manuscript comprises a Individual research and writing in preparation prominent portion of the course. of a graduate thesis. Prerequisite: HPS 620 650. Seminar (1) and HPS 670 and permission of instructor. The development and exchange of scholarly information and/or secondary research in physical education. The exchange of ideas may involve written papers and critiques as well as oral presentations. 651. The Administration of Athletics (3) The relationship of interscholastic and intercollegiate athletics to education; implementation of athletic programs for men and women; eligibility; fi nance; trends and development in management; public relations. 660. History and Philosophy of Physical Education and Sport (3) A seminar approach to the historical and contemporary foundations, philosophies, and future of physical education and sport. 670. Assessment and Evaluation in Human Performance, Leisure, and Sport (3) An interpretation of practical statistical data utilized in the assessment and evaluation of athletic and physical education performance. 682. Physiological Basis of Sport Perfor- mance and Conditioning Programs (3) Review of current scientifi c literature on the functioning of body systems during training and competition, with specifi c emphasis on the development of strength, power, fl exibility, cardiovascular endurance, agility, and speed. Factors affecting performance such as nutrition, altitude, and thermal stress will also be covered. New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 117

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK Rey Martinez, Ph.D. Katie McDonough, Ph.D. Alfredo Garcia, Ph.D, Interim Director Dolores Ortega, Ph.D. Mortimer Hall LouAnn Romero, Director, Admissions/Re- 505 454-3310 or 505 454-3563 cruitment FAX: 505 454-3290 E-MAIL: [email protected] Adjunct Faculty: Adjunct faculty are utilized Web Address: www.nmhu.edu/social- at all of the program locations to complement work the full-time faculty.. These faculty offer students the beneﬁ t of their professional experi- Accreditation ence and enhance the Social Work curriculum The School of Social Work and all of its pro- by assisting students integrate classroom gram locations are accredited by the Council knowledge with Social Work practice. on Social Work Education. Off Campus Programs/Locations Mission of the School of Social Work NMHU Center @ Rio Rancho 1700 Grande Court, The Mission of the School of Social Work is Rio Rancho, NM 87124 to educate students to practice social work 505 891-9053 sensitively and competently with the diverse, FAX: 505 891-2905 multi-cultural populations of New Mexico and the Southwest. The school has a primary Faculty commitment to Hispanic and American Indian Cristina Duran, LMSW peoples. Its curriculum grounds students in Mark Dyke, Psy.D. (Visiting Faculty) social work skills, values, ethical principles Alfredo Garcia, Ph.D. and awareness of and respect for cultural and Shirley Hall, Ph.D. gender differences. The school prepares un- Julius Harrington, Ph.D. dergraduate students for entry-level generalist Mario Rodriguez, Ph.D. practice and graduate students for advanced George Mercer, LISW (Visiting Faculty) practice through the integration of classroom Avi Krishman, M.D. (Adjunct Faculty) and ﬁ eld practicum instruction. Jessie “Rocky” Romero, LMSW, (Field Education Coordinator) The School of Social Work offers the MSW NMHU in partnership with San Juan College program at the main campus, Las Vegas, New 4601 College Boulevard Mexico and also at the following three (3) off Farmington, NM 87402 campus locations: Joan Lucero, LMSW, Program Coordinator NMHU @ Rio Rancho, New Mexico 505 566-3552 NMHU @ Farmington, New Mexico FAX: 505 566-3584 NMHU @ Roswell, New Mexico E-mail: [email protected]

Faculty (NMHU - Las Vegas, New Mexico) Faculty (NMHU - San Juan) David Arguello, Ph.D. Gordon Nielson LMSW Jill Baker, Ph.D. Jennie Russell, LMSW Evelyn Estrada, Director, Field Education NMHU @ Eastern New Mexico University Hugo Gonzales, M.D. (Adjunct Faculty) (ENMU-R) Jane Gorman, Ph.D. P.O. Box 6000 Andrew Israel, J.D., (LMSW) Roswell, NM 88202-6000 Julia Lucero, LISW (Visiting Faculty) 505 624-7458 118 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

FAX: 505 624-7457 NMHU@ San Juan College and NMHU @ Faculty ENMU-R only offer the Clinical Practice Robert Villa, Ph.D. concentration.

Master of Social Work Program Students admitted to a specifi c program loca- (M.S.W.) tion that does not offer their preferred area of During the fi rst year of the program, students concentration may request to transfer during are required to take a total of 31 credit units their second year to one of the NMHU proof generalist social work practice courses. gram locations. The fi rst year curriculum and courses provide students with an overview of the social work Students admitted to the M.S.W. program professions historical evolution, including are admitted into one of the three areas of an introduction to the body of social work concentration and take courses outlined in the knowledge, values, and ethical principles. In social work program of study. All social work addition, the curriculum addresses the areas of courses at all program locations use the same research, policy, and practice knowledge, and course syllabus and textbooks, which ensures skills required of all practicing social workers. the same quality in course content. Working with a diverse, Hispanic and Ameri- Programs of Study can Indian population has particular emphasis throughout the curriculum. The Master of Social Work program prepares students for advanced social work practice in During the fi rst year. students apply generalist an area of concentration with the knowledge, social work knowledge in a fi eld practicum skills, values and ethical principles necessary setting under the supervision of a licensed to practice with Hispanic, American Indian, M.S.W. social work professional. The social and other diverse populations of New Mexico work courses, combined with fi eld practicum, and the Southwest. The program prepares afford students the opportunity to apply class- students at an advanced level to analyze and room knowledge in working with individuals, evaluate the role of the social work practitio- families, groups and communities within a ner in the delivery of human services. specifi c agency setting. The School offers three types of programs to Area of Concentration/Specialization meet each student’s academic and personal During the second year, students take needs. The three Programs of Study include: courses in an area of concentration. The Advanced Standing, Full-Time, and Part- required courses build upon the fi rst year Time. In accordance with University policy, foundation courses, providing students the completion of the M.S.W. program must with specifi c course content and depth in a be within fi ve years from the date of admis- specifi c area of social work practice. The sion. three areas of concentration offered include, Clinical Practice, Community Organization, I. Advanced Standing (Limited to B.S.W. and Bilingual/Bicultural Practice.. students) NMHU Campus, Las Vegas only.

NMHU-Las Vegas Campus is the only gradu- The program is limited to individuals who ate social work program that offers all three have completed a Bachelor of Social Work de- program concentrations. gree from an accredited School of Social Work NMHU-Rio Rancho offers two concentrations: within fi ve years from the date of enrollment. Clinical Practice and Community Practice. Students begin taking second year courses, New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 119 within an area of concentration. The program motivated to work in the human services fi eld, is only offered at the NMHU Campus, Las Ve- have demonstrated past academic potential, gas and Rio Rancho, New Mexico. Students have good oral and writing skills, and have the must attend full-time and take of the their interpersonal qualities to work with multicul- course work at the main campus. tural and diverse populations regardless of differences in social class, economic status, II. Full-Time Program (4 Semesters) gender, age, physical disabilities, ethnicity, NMHU Las Vegas Campus, Las Vegas, New and culture. Mexico All applicants must apply for admission to the NMHU Rio Rancho Center, Rio Rancho, New School of Social Work. Mexico The requirements for admission to the Gradu- The Full-Time Program is intended for stu- ate Program and the School of Social Work dents who can attend the M.S.W. program on include: a full-time basis. Students at the NMHU-Las * Bachelor’s degree from an accredited United Vegas Campus and at the NMHU-Center at States institution or proof of equivalent train- Rio Rancho attend daytime classes on Monday ing at an institution outside the United States. and Tuesday and Field Practicum on Thursday * Grade point average of 3.0 in the student’s and Friday. major or upper division courses (junior and senior-level courses) and in any graduate work III. Part-Time Program (7-8 Semesters) completed. Students may attend part-time at any of the * Demonstrate a Liberal Arts education as part four program locations. of the bachelor’s degree. NMHU Las Vegas Campus, Las Vegas, New * Successful completion of a course in sta- Mexico tistics with a grade of “C” or higher within NMHU Rio Rancho Center, Rio Rancho, New fi ve years of applying for admission. Courses Mexico from other educational institutions and Junior NMHU @ San Juan College, Farmington, Colleges may be acceptable as meeting this New Mexico criteria. SW 330 Research Methods offered NMHU @ Eastern New Mexico University, in the NMHU B.S.W. program meets this Roswell, New Mexico requirement.

The Part-Time Program affords students Application Information to attend classes during the late afternoon, All applicants seeking admission to the Master evening, and/or weekend. The program can be of Social Work Program must complete the completed in seven consecutive semesters. following information in order for the application to be considered complete and eligible for Admission Requirements review and consideration. Information regard- New Mexico Highlands University School of ing the M.S.W. program may be obtained from Social Work seeks to admit candidates to its the Social Work Department at NMHU-Las graduate programs who demonstrate a per- Vegas, NMHU-Rio Rancho, NMHU-San Juan sonal and professional commitment to a career College, and NMHU-ENMU-Roswell campus. in social work, a readiness to pursue graduate education and a willingness to make a positive 1. School of Social Work Graduate contribution in the lives of others. Candidates Application for Admission best suited for a career in social work must be 2. Ofﬁ cial transcripts from each 120 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

post-secondary institution Admissions Status 3. Three reference forms (included in M.S.W. Students who have a minimum of a 3.0 GPA application packet) are admitted as “Regular Status”. Students 4. A statistics course completed with a grade may be admitted with less than a 3.0 GPA of “C” or higher within fi ve years of are admitted on “Provisional Status” with the application requirement that the student must maintain a 5. Completion of Liberal Arts course 3.0 GPA during the fi rst semester (12 hours) of requirements study. All applicants who apply by February 6. Employment history 15 and are admitted will be notifi ed in writing 7. Volunteer service experience no later than April 30. If a student’s applica- 8. Personal narrative statement tion is complete and has met the February 15 9. Application Fee deadline, earlier notifi cation may be made. *A $50 non-refundable application fee is (Decisions on admission are not given by required from applicants who will be enrolling phone.) at NMHU for the fi rst time. *A $35 non-refundable application fee is Applicants admitted into the program must required from applicants currently or formerly notify the School in writing by June 1 of their enrolled at NMHU. intent to accept admission and submit a non- *A $35 non-refundable application fee is refundable $50.00 holding fee, which is ap- required from students submitting a second plied to the student’s tuition upon enrollment. application, if previously denied admission. Without notifi cation from the student by the *A $50 non-refundable holding fee from date, an alternate candidate will be selected by students accepted into the program. Upon the School of Social Work. registration, the holding fee will be applied toward tuition. All graduate students must complete the Application Deadlines Master of Social Work program within fi ve February15 is the priority deadline for submit- academic years from the beginning of the fi rst ting application materials. The School will semester of the fi rst year. Students who do accept applications after this date but is not not complete the program within the required obligated to review applicant fi les which are time may request a one-year extension. An not submitted by the January 15 deadline. additional extension of time will require the Applicant fi les are not reviewed until all ma- following: terials have been received. Early application is *Complete testing-out exams on all work strongly encouraged. complete prior to the last fi ve years. *Obtain approval from the Dean, School of Review and Admissions Process Social Work. Applications are reviewed by the School’s Di- *Obtain approval from the University Aca- rector of Admissions, the Schools’ Admissions demic Affairs Committee. Committee, and faculty. Recommendations Denied Applicants - All Applicants not admit- for admission are made to the Director and ted may reapply for admission. Submission of forwarded to the University Offi ce of Gradu- a new application is required ate Affairs. Applications are competitively reviewed based on GPA, human services work Admission to Advanced Standing Status and volunteer experience, references, aca- To be eligible for Advanced Standing status, demic and disciplinary history and the quality applicants must have a Bachelor of Social of the responses to the questions in the Social Work degree from a CSWE accredited pro- Work application. gram and must have completed the B.S.W. New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 121 within fi ve years from the date of anticipated full academic year. CYFD stipend recipients enrollment in the M.S.W. program. The num- are required to take SW 691 Child Welfare ber of students admitted into Advanced Stand- Practice and Service The average stipend ing status is limited and restricted to students amount awarded to students is $10,000 per who can attend full-time. Advanced Standing academic year. The amount is pro-rated for is only offered at the Las Vegas campus. (A Part-Time students. minimum of a 3.0 GPA is required for admission into Advanced Standing) Upon completion of the M.S.W. program, stipend recipients must work for CYFD for a Admission of Transfer Students period of 18 months for each academic year a Students wishing to transfer into the School stipend is received. Students receiving a Tribal of Social Work must meet all the admission Stipend must be preselected to work with a requirements and must be transferring from tribal agency upon completion of their degree. a CSWE accredited program. The School Stipend application information is provided to accepts no more than one full academic year all students at the time of admission notifi ca- of acceptable course credit from another in- tion. stitution towards the M.S.W. degree. Transfer students must complete at least the equivalent Request for Change of Area of of one academic year at NMHU. Concentration Students admitted into the Advanced Stand- Admission Changes ing Program cannot request a change of Requirements for admission into the M.S.W. concentration once admitted into the program. program are subject to change. Please contact Full time and part time students are strongly the school for application information. For encouraged to remain in the area of concentra- information call (505) 454-3310 or write to : tion they are admitted into. However, under NMHU School of Social Work special circumstances, a student may request Offi ce of Admissions a change of concentration. A change of major Box 9000 concentration form must be submitted to the Las Vegas, NM 87701 Dean of the School of Social Work prior to the completion of fi rst year of study. The student Student Association will be notifi ed in writing on the decision of Graduate Social Work Student Association, this request. represents all graduate social work students. Advisement Student Stipends A faculty advisor is assigned to students at the The School in partnership with the Children time they enroll in the program. Students must Youth and Families Department (CYFD) of- develop a program of study with the assistance fers stipends to students who wish to pursue of their advisor. a career in child protective services under the Title IV-E stipend program. Some stipends Field Practicum/Internship are also available through Indian Tribal Social The M.S.W. program requires all students to Services that are part of the Joint Powers be enrolled in fi eld practicum throughout their Agreement with CYFD. All graduate level program of study. A total of 12 credit units are students are eligible to apply for the stipends. required during the two years of the program. Students must conduct their fi eld practicum The fi eld practicum provides instruction and with a CYFD offi ce or with a pre-approved experience in applying classroom knowl- Indian Tribal Social Services offi ce for one edge in working with client groups within an 122 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

agency setting. A fi eld instructor, a licensed mulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher. M.S.W. practitioner, supervises students. The Course Sequence Offerings: Courses are fi eld instructor and fi eld consultant, a member only offered once per academic year, Fall of the social work faculty, monitors the stu- and Spring Semesters. During the Summer dents performance. semester, students may take elective course requirements and/or register for Summer Block In the fi rst year fi eld practicum, students are Practicum with prior approval. placed in a social service agency where they learn generalist practice methods working First Year Required Courses with individuals, groups, families, organizations, and communities. Students are required First Year: Foundation Curriculum to develop specifi c learning objectives in Students must complete all required 500 level consultation with their fi eld instructor and courses before proceeding to take second year fi eld consultant that incorporate and apply 600 level courses classroom knowledge to working with specifi c Required courses: client groups or organizations. In addition, Courses must be completed within the fi rst during the fi rst semester students are required year of the program. to take a Field Seminar course, intended SW 530 Evaluative Research (3) to provide students with an opportunity to SW 532 Field Practicum I (3) integrate classroom knowledge with their fi eld SW 533 Law & Ethics in SW practicum. Students are placed with an agency Practice (3) two full days each week (16 hours per week SW 534 Field Practicum II (3) per academic year). SW 541 Soc Policy & Services I (3) SW 546 SW Practice w/ Diverse Full-Time and Advanced Standing program Populations (3) students begin their fi eld practicum in the Fall SW 551 Field Seminar I (1) Semester and are in practicum during Fall and SW 565 SW Practice I (3) Spring Semesters. Part-time students begin SW 566 SW Practice II (3) their fi rst year practicum during the second SW 585 HBSE I (3) year. SW 586 HBSE II (3) Core Total: 31 The second year fi eld practicum must be The fi rst year required courses must be completed in the student’s chosen area of completed before proceeding into the area of concentration. Students must be approved for concentration/second year course requirements practicum prior to the beginning of the second Areas of Concentration - 2nd Year year. Concentration in Clinical Practice Incomplete Grades The primary objective of the Clinical Practice Incomplete grades in prerequisite courses concentration is to prepare students to work must be completed prior to registering for as direct service practitioners with individu- the following semester. Students will not be als, families, groups in New Mexico and the permitted to continue until the Incomplete “I” Southwest. The concentration permits students is removed from the offi cial transcript. to develop effective practice skills through the integration of social work knowledge and Grade Point Average theory. The curriculum builds upon the fi rst A student earning a grade of “C” in a semester year foundation through courses in advanced is considered passing if the student earns a cu- practice methods. A multiple theoretical New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 123 orientation is relied upon which recognizes cally competent social workers to work the inter-relatedness of human problems, life directly with Spanish speaking populations situations and social conditions within multi- of New Mexico and the Southwest. The ethnic and multicultural populations of New curriculum immerses students in the Span- Mexico and the Southwest. ish language in order to obtain the necessary social work skills, values and ethical prin- The curriculum focuses on the analysis and ciples and develop an awareness and respect synthesis of direct practice theories and inter- for the cultural and gender differences. The ventions determined to be the most effective concentration prepares students for advanced in improving the lives of ethnic minorities and practice through a unique bilingual/bicultural other culturally diverse populations. Clinical classroom setting and practicum placement practice services include intervening in crisis, whereby students are engaged in Spanish lan- identifying available community resources, guage application and interaction with peers, short and long-term therapy and working as families and individuals. The focus is to part of an in a inter-disciplinary team other obtain competency in the delivery of Spanish professionals. Students will be provided a speaking clinical practice. broad awareness of social, cultural, and environmental conditions affecting clients. The Required Courses: skills developed in this concentration are clear 615 Bilingual/Bicultural Immersion for SW I (4) communication, listening and interviewing 616 Bilingual/Bicultural Immersion for SW II (3) skills, psychosocial assessment, formulation 631 Advanced Qualitative Research (3) of treatment plans, and self evaluation and 632 Bilingual/Bicultural Practicum III (3) research methods. The clinical practice con- 634 Bilingual/Bicultural Practicum IV (3) centration is offered at all program locations. 654 The Latino Family (3) 656 Addictions & Treatments w/in Latino Required courses: Communities (3) SW 630 Adv Research Methods (3) 657 Beliefs & Healing Traditions w/in Latino SW 632 Field Practicum III (3) Communities (3) SW 634 Field Practicum IV (3) 667 Advanced Bilingual Practice I (3) SW 642 Advanced Soc Policy (3) 668 Advanced Bilingual Practice II (3) SW 644 Group Work (3) Concentration Total: 31 SW 651 Leadership & Supervision (3) Program Total: 62 SW 665 Advanced Multicultural Practice I (3) Concentration in Community SW 666 Advanced Multicultural Organization Practice II (3) The Community Organization concentration Elective Courses : 8 credit units prepares students for a range of professional, Students are required to take 8 credit units of administrative and community development electives which affords students to enhance positions in public, private and non-profi t their area of clinical knowledge and skills. social welfare organizations. Courses focus on Concentration Total: 32 the use of organizational, administrative and Program Total: 63 community organization practice theory in the design, initiation, improvement and modifi ca- Concentration in Bilingual/Bicul- tion of human service programs and policies. tural Social Work Practice Students can expect to acquire skills in execu- The Bilingual/Bicultural concentration pre- tive leadership, management, planning, policy pares students to be culturally and linguisti- analysis, research program development, fi scal 124 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

management, supervision, community organi- Courses in Social Work (SW) zation, and all relevant knowledge bases nec- Social Work courses are offered only once essary in effective social work administration. during the academic year. With the exception Community Practice prepares graduates for a of social work graduate electives, all other career combining direct work with clients and courses are reserved solely for matriculating the responsibilities of administering a service M.S.W. students. organization. The administration concentra- 529. Family Violence (2); Elective tion covers a broad base of personal skills and The course surveys major sociological and client groups. Student in this concentration are psychological theories of family violence trained to bring administration and direct ser- throughout the life span. Social and interper- vice into closer contact. Students will become sonal factors contributing to family violence familiarized with organizational dynamics, are explored in an ethnocultural context, with personnel, budget policies, and program special emphasis on the Hispanic and Native organization. Specialized content focuses American populations of New Mexico and the on such macro practice areas as community Southwest. development, advocacy, social policy, and program organization. They are also provided 530. Evaluative Research (3); Sp with the ability to empower individuals to The foundation research course introduces articulate their own needs and fi nd resources students to concepts of research for appli- to meet those specifi c needs. Specifi c skills cation in various human service contexts. students will learn are, working with individu- The course covers elements of the research als and groups, interdisciplinary collaboration, process, research design, statistical analysis, community assessment and organization, and the ethical issues in conducting research. problem solving, strategies, decision making, Both qualitative and quantitative methods performing needs assessments, budgeting are presented, and issues relevant to research and personnel administration, legislative and focusing on culturally diverse populations. demonstrative lobbying, program and policy Prerequisite: Evidence of having completed a analysis, marketing, grants development, and statistics course within the past fi ve years. SW program evaluation. 330 Research Methods meets this prerequisite requirement. Required courses: 32 532. Field Practicum I (3); Fa SW 630 Advanced Research I (3) This foundation practicum sequence is SW 632 Field Practicum III (3) designed to help students apply foundation SW 634 Field Practicum IV (3) knowledge of social work skills, values and SW 642 Adv Social Policy (3) ethics in practice. By providing a series of su- SW 644 Group Work (3) pervised assignments and tasks, the practicum SW 651 Leadership & Supervision (3) experience will expose students to a variety of SW 687 Community Organization (3) social work roles. Students will apply general- SW 688 Agency Practice & ist social work knowledge, skills and values Administration (3) to practice with individuals, couples, families, Elective Courses : 8 credit units groups and communities. Co-requisite: SW Students are required to take 8 credit units of 565 and SW 566. electives which affords students to enhance 533. Law and Ethics in Social their area of clinical knowledge and skills. Work Practice (3); Fa Concentration Total: 32 This course examines areas of the law in Program Total: 63 which social work and the legal system intertwine. Major emphasis is placed on the New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 125 operation of the legal system in New Mexico students to advanced policy analysis and advo- and the Southwest and introduces students to cacy strategies that promote social justice.. critical principles, guidelines, reasoning strate- 546. Social Work with Diverse Populations: gies and legal concepts necessary to make Issues of Race, Class, Age, Gender (3); Sp informed ethical practice decisions. This course surveys theoretical approaches 534. Field Practicum II (3); Sp and outlines practice techniques and interven- This foundation practicum sequence is tions useful for competent social work with designed to help students apply foundation diverse clientele. Special emphasis is placed knowledge of social work skills, values and on practice with the diverse populations of ethics in practice. By providing a series of su- New Mexico and the Southwest, especially pervised assignments and tasks, the practicum among Hispanic and American Indian popula- experience will expose students to a variety of tions. This course provides a framework for social work roles. Students will apply general- understanding issues of diversity, oppressions ist social work knowledge, skills and values and social justice within the context of race, to practice with individuals, couples, families, ethnicity, culture, gender, class, age, sexual groups and communities. Co-requisite: SW orientation, spirituality and religion, and 565 and SW 566. physical and mental disability. 535 – 635. Selected Topic 547 – 647. Resource Acquisition and Grant in Social Work (1-3); Writing in Human Services (2); Elective One or more elective courses may be offered The course teaches systematic resource relating to advanced topics in social work acquisition skills for human services. Special practice. emphasis is placed upon resource acquisi- 540 – 640. Social Work in Health tion within New Mexico and the Southwest, Care Settings (2); Sp especially on behalf of Hispanic and Native The course provides an overview of social American populations. work within the health care delivery system. 551. Field Seminar (1); Fa Topics covered include the psychosocial This seminar is required during the fi rst dimensions of chronic illness, the treatment semester. It provides students with an op- role of the social worker, and the funding of portunity to integrate practice theory with fi eld contemporary health care. Special emphasis is practicum experience. Instructors will assist placed on health care delivery in the rural and students with their understanding and ap- urban settings of New Mexico and the South- plication of social work knowledge to specifi c west, particularly with Hispanic and Native programs, issues, and concerns that arise in the American populations. provision of social work services. Co-requi- 541. Social Policy and Services (3); Fa site: SW 532 and SW 565. This foundational policy course outlines the 565. Social Work Practice I (3); Fa history of social welfare policy and the man- This course presents the foundation skills ner in which social services have been pro- necessary for the provision of generalist social vided before and after the European conquest work services to individuals. The course of New Mexico and the Southwest. It surveys develops the direct practice knowledge and contemporary social problems, and evaluates skills necessary for ethical and competent en- social legislation, policies, programs and po- gagement, problem identifi cation, assessment, litical and social manifestations of racism, sex- intervention design, implementation, and ism and oppression and analyzes the impact termination with diverse, vulnerable, and at- of these on the diverse, historically vulnerable risk clients. Emphasis is placed on generalist populations of the Southwest. It introduces social work practice with Hispanic, American 126 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

Indian and other oppressed groups of the New emphasis is placed on the infl uence of culture, Mexico and the Southwest. Co-requisites: SW race and ethnicity on human development and 532 and SW 551.. on the effects that oppression and social and 566. Social Work Practice II (3); Sp economic injustice have on human behav- This course focuses on a critical and com- ior, with special consideration given to the parative analysis of frameworks, theories diverse populations of New Mexico and the and models of social work practice. The Southwest. This is the second course of a two course examines the four forces in psychol- semester sequence described above. Prerequi- ogy as the building blocks of an integrative, site: SW 585. multicultural, ecosystems approach to social 590 – 690. Independent Study work practice. Implications of each practice (1 – 4 VC); Fa, Sp approach for work at the micro, mezzo, and Independent study arranged with an instructor. macro level are examined. Emphasis is placed Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. on the evaluation of the practice approaches 613. Psychopharmacology for Social for work with diverse populations, with em- Workers (2) phasis on the Native American, Hispanic and This course will provide an overview of other oppressed populations of New Mexico psychologically active (psychotropic) drugs and the Southwest. Prerequisite: SW 565. Co- commonly used in clinical practice and diag- requisite: SW 534. nostic conditions for which they are targeted. 585. Human Behavior and the The focus will be on information relevant Social Environment I (3); Fa to mental health professionals whose clients This two-semester course sequence critically are taking or may be prescribed psychotropic examines traditional and alternative theoretical meidcaiton. Guidelines for referring clients for perspectives of human life course develop- medication evaluations, communicating with ment and the environmental contexts within prescribing physicians, and evaluating client which development occurs. The sequence repsonse to psychotropic medications will be explores the interactions among individuals provided. Larger-system issues regarding the and between individuals and families, groups, use and misuse of drugs prescribed for mental organizations, and communities. Particular health disorders will be reviewed, including emphasis is placed on the infl uence of culture, changes in the doctor-patient relationship, race and ethnicity on human development and insurance reimbursement and the infl uence of on the effects that oppression and social and the pharmaceeutical industry. The class will economic injustice have on human behavior, utilize lectures and discussions to emphasize with special consideration given to the diverse multimodal mental health treatment that inte- populations of New Mexico and the South- grates psychological, systemic, social, biologi- west. cal and medical models of mental health. 586. Human Behavior and the 615 Bilingual/Bicultural Immersion Social Environment II; Sp I (Inmersion Bilingue I), (4) Sum This two-semester course sequence critically This cultural and language immersion course examines traditional and alternative theoretical is the fi rst of two classes which focus on Span- perspectives of human life course develop- ish language skill development within a bilin- ment and the environmental contexts within gual/bicultural social services work setting. which development occurs. The sequence It is designed to build on and strengthen the explores the interactions among individuals student’s prior academic and/or native Spanish and between individuals and families, groups, language preparation. (Please see the prerequi- organizations, and communities. Particular site stated below.) The course emphasizes the practical oral use of Spanish through a variety New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 127 of interactive role play situations pertinent to 630. Advanced Research (3); Fa the fi eld of Social Work. In addition, students This course teaches advanced research skills will be given the opportunity to expand their necessary for program evaluation. Topics views of bilingual/bicultural supervision in covered include qualitative and quantitative a diverse workplace. Language skills will be research methods, research design, analysis of grammatically based, but embedded within research reports, the use of statistical packages functional/notional social work situations. for data analysis for practice and program Cultural nuances and regional New Mexican evaluation. Spanish vocabulary will be included as inte- 631 Advanced Qualitative Research, (3) Fa gral parts of the class. (Investigacion Culalitativa) 616 Bilingual/Bicultural Immersion This course is designed to introduce bilingual II (Inmersion Bilingue II) , (3) Fa social work students to important issues in This language and cultural immersion course the mental health treatment of Hispanic and is the second of two classes which focus on Latinos. Students will be immersed into the Spanish language skill development within Hispano culture by working in, and conduct- a bilingual/bicultural social services work ing research on behalf of a bilingual/bicultural setting. It is designed to further build on and fi eld agency in Northern New Mexico. This strengthen the student’s prior academic Span- course will enhance the skills needed to con- ish language preparation in SW 671 in addi- duct a culturally competent psychosocial as- tion to complementing the additional courses sessment; treatment issues with Hispanic/La- required during the Fall. The course empha- tino families; and an investigation of the lived sizes the practical oral use of Spanish through experience by way of the cuento, story, of a variety of interactive role play situations Hispanic/Latino Populations. Students will be pertinent to the fi eld of Social Work and corre- exposed to this regional historical storytelling lates directly to the required Fall core courses. used by Hispanic/Latino families to communi- Practice, interviewing, and assessment with cate symptomology, illness, and, wellness. local Hispanic/Latino and immigrant families 632. Field Practicum III (3); Fa will be emphasized. Language skills will be This advanced fi eld practicum sequence is grammatically based, but embedded within designed to help students continue to develop functional/notional social work situations a professional identity as a social work practi- which further correlate to the Fall core classes. tioner as well as improve upon practice skills Cultural nuances and regional New Mexican through experiential learning and supervision, Spanish vocabulary will be included as inte- supplemental readings, case conferences, gral parts of the class. team meetings, and other learning opportuni- 623. Marriage & Family Therapy (2); Elective ties within the bilingual/bicultural practicum This course presents a theoretical analysis of setting. This course will build on advanced family functioning and integrates this analysis practice skills learned in the Bilingual/Bicul- with social work practice. Defi nitions of “fam- tural practice courses. ily” are considered including extended fami- 634. Field Practicum IV (3); Sp lies, unmarried couples, single parent families, This advanced fi eld practicum sequence is gay or lesbian couples, adult siblings, “fi ctive designed to help students continue to develop kin”, and other inclusive defi nitions. This a professional identity as a social work practi- course covers all stages of the helping process tioner as well as improve upon practice skills with families (i.e., engagement, assessment, through experiential learning and supervision, planning, evaluation, intervention, and termina- supplemental readings, case conferences, tion).XXX Applied DSM IV (2), Elective team meetings, and other learning opportuni- 128 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

ties within the bilingual/bicultural practicum ed and harm reduction interventions related to setting. This course will build on advanced the prevention and treatment of addictive dis- practice skills learned in the Bilingual/Bicul- orders, substance abuse and other compulsive tural Practice Concentration practice courses. behaviors. Approaches relevant to work with 642. Advanced Social Policy (3); Fa, Sp individuals, families, groups, and communi- This course examines the social policy plan- ties are presented, with special emphasis on ning, advocacy, and implementation process, the Hispanic and Native American populations as well as the professional social worker’s of New Mexico and the Southwest. The infl u- policy role. Frameworkds for policy analysis ences of culture, race, ethnicity, gender, age, at the agency, community, political, and legis- sexual orientation and disability in relation to lative levels are applied. Strategies and tech- addiction, as well as the effects of oppression niques for skillful social change interventions and social economic injustice will be explored. in the policy arena are taught. The infl uences 651. Leadership & Supervision (3); Fa, Sp of such factors as oppression, racism, ageism, This course examines relevant theory pertain- and homphobia on policy planning at the ing to the purpose, function and role of the administrative and agency levels (and in both social worker as administrator and manager. urban and rural areas) is also examined. Em- Management theory, leadership styles, and phasis is placed on the impact of social policy working within a diverse workforce are and planning on Hispanics, Native Americans, presented with special emphasis on working and othe diverse populations of New Mexico within administrative environments in New and the Southwest. Mexico and the Southwest. 644. Group Work (3); Fa, Sp 654 The Latino Family (3), Fa This course examines a range of groups (La Familia Latina) found in historical and contemporary social This group work course focuses on work- work practice, and explores group stages and ing within the historical context of Latino, dynamics in the context of various theoretical Hispano, and immigrant groups. Student’s approaches. Within a social justice framework, will strengthen their language skills and build special emphasis is placed on ethical and prac- their knowledge of bilingual group facilitation, tical issues of group work with historically group dynamics, and cultural and social con- oppressed populations. sciousness. Students will also strengthen their 645. Grief and Loss (2); Elective skills in creating new thematic support groups, The course surveys relevant theory pertain- which emphasize Latino(a) participation. ing to the grieving process. Multiple types of 656 Addictions and Substance loss, including death, divorce, health problems Abuse (3), Sp. and career transitions, are discussed in an eth- (Addiciones y Tratamientos de la nocultural context. The course also educates Comunidad Latina) students in the design and implementation This course is designed for bilingual social of grief interventions with individuals and workers to learn how to incorporate appro- families. Specifi c emphasis is placed on the priate cultural approaches and strategies in design of grief interventions with the diverse working in practice, intervention, and treat- populations of New Mexico and the South- ment with substance abusing and addicted west, including Hispanic and Native American Latino populations. A panoramic perspective peoples. of Latino addiction and violence will be ex- 648. Addictions & Substance plored. Psychotherapeutic, chemotherapeutic, Abuse (2); Fa, Sp Elective inpatient, outpatient, and self-help approaches This course examines both asbstinence-orient- to working with Latino Individuals, families, New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 129 and groups will be presented. The impact and 667 Advanced Bilingual Practice I (3), consequences of poverty, social and economic Fa. (Practica Bilingue Avanzada I ) justice will also be examined. This is a two-semester practice course in 657 Beliefs & Healing Traditions w/in Latino which students are introduced to the Hispano Communities (3), Sp. culture of Northern New Mexico and to the (Creencias y Tradiciones de Salud dentro diversity within this culture. This course La Comunidad Latina) strengthens the Spanish language skills of Designed for bilingual social workers, this Spanish-speaking social workers. In addi- course explores Latino culture with a specifi c tion, it trains them in a culturally competent emphasis in Northern New Mexican Hispanic approach to symptomotolgy in treatment and culture related to healing and illness. Students equips them with interviewing, assessment, will learn about alternative cultural healing and diagnosis skills from a bilingual, bicultur- practices such as Northern New Mexican spiri- al perspective using DSM IV. These treatment tuality, Curanderismo and Curandisimo Total: approaches will focus on Spanish-speaking ru- Partera, Yerbera, y la Sobadora. Students will ral Northern New Mexican clients who live in be introduced to the cultural teaching stories, poverty and are vulnerable and marginalized. songs, invocations, and terminology related Gay and Lesbian issues in a Latino community to illness and healing. Traditional alternative will also be explored. medications will be examined. Regional be- 668 Advanced Bilingual Practice II (3), lief systems will also be explored, i.e., susto, Sp.(Practica Bilingue Avanzada II) el mál ojo, enpacho, maléfi cio (brujeria), This is the second in a sequence of courses ventosas, etc. in advanced practice, with a particular focus 665. Advanced Multicultural Practice I (3); Fa on the Hispano populations of Northern New This is the fi rst of two practice courses offered Mexico. The course focuses on the develop- during the concentration year. This clas offer ment of clinical competency in social work sstudent s preparation in skills necessary for with Hispanic families, children, and adoles- advanced social work practice with individu- cents. The emphasis is on work with vulner- als, including interviewing, assessment, diag- able populations in crisis, trauma intervention, nosis, and treatment planning. The western, and special issues in practice with children and scientifi c approach to diagnosis and treatment adolescents in a variety of clinical settings. using the DSM IV is examined as well as The course integrates bilingual/bicultural, alternative approaches used by diverse clients. multicultural, diversity, social justice, and Emphasis is place on practice with Hispanic, social change content, particularly as it relates American Indian and other oppressed popula- to Hispanic and indigenous communities of tions of New Mexico and the Southwest. New Mexico and the Southwest. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: SW 632. 671. Applied DSM (2) 666. Advanced Multicultural Practice II (3); Sp This course focuses on a pragmatic approach This course prepares students with the knowl- to the assessment and diagnosis of common edge and skills necessary for advanced social psychiatric disorders within a multicultural work practice with children, adolescents and perspective. The role of the social owrker as families. Interviewing, assessment, diagnosis an integral member of the interdisciplinary treatment planning with families and children are treatment team is emphasized. After discussion addressed. A social justice perspective on advanced about interviewing techniques, the focus will practice with Hispanics, Native Americans and be on the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of other oppressed populations is emphasized. Prereq- Mental Disorders (DSM) and modifi cations of uisite: SW 665 and SW 632. Co-requisite: SW 634. the interviewing process with various types of patients. 130 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

687. Community Organization (3); Fa This is the ﬁ rst of a two-part sequence of courses for Community and Administration Practice. It teaches culturally responsive skills and strategies useful for the design and implementation of agency and community based interventions in New Mexico and the Southwest. Speciﬁ c topics addressed include community planning and assessment of social problems, political theory and advocacy, community organizing and economic development. Prerequisite or Co-requisite : SW 632 and SW 634. 688. Agency Practice and Admin (3); Sp This is the second of a two-part sequence of courses for Community and Administration Practice. It builds upon community assessment strategies introduced in SW 687 and focuses on program design and planning, administration, organizational theory, resource and personnel management, and the role of the agency in servicing the community. Prerequi- site or Co-requisite : SW 632 and SW 634. 689. Multicultural Social Work Practice and Services in School Settings (2); Sp The course examines the social worker’s roles, responsibilities, and services in school settings, particularly with the school systems of New Mexico and the Southwest. 691. Child Welfare Practice and Services (2); Fa, Elective The course provides an overview of practice and policy issues, problems, and opportunities in the provision of child welfare services in New Mexico and the Southwest. 692. Independent Research (1 – 4 VC); Fa, Sp Individual directed research arranged with an instructor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 131

ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY

Administration Manny M. Aragon President Andrew Isreal Assistant to the President Janice Chavez, Ph.D. Interim Provost Manu Patel Interim Vice President for Finance and Administration Clarence Sanchez, Ph. D. Vice President for Research Development & Institutional Planning/ Graduate Studies C. G. “Tino” Mendez, Ph.D. Dean, College of Arts and Sciences William Tayor, Ph.D. Dean, School of Business J. Francisco Hidalgo, Ph.D. Dean, School of Education Alfredo Garcia, Ph. D. Dean, School of Social Work Judy Cordova Dean of Students/Life and Support Services Isaac Apodaca Director of University Relations Ruben Aragon Director of Library Services Thomas Atcitty Director, NMHU Center in Partnership with San Juan College Max Baca Interim Director, Institutional Technological Service Jill Baskerville Program Administrator/Instructor of Academic Center for Excellence Geraldine Chavez Director of Purchasing Ernestine Clayton Director, International Education John Coca Registrar/Director of Admissions George DuFour Director of Facilities Management Lew Granados Director, NMHU Center at Rio Rancho Carlos Lovato Director, Upward Bound Stephen Martinez Director, NMHU Center in Partnership with Santa Fe Community College and Northern New Mexico Community College John Olguin Director, College Assistance Migrant Program (CAMP) Tino Pestalozzi Controller Bazan Romero Director, Recruitment Ivy Romero Director, Institutional Research Evonne Roybal-Tafoya Director, Educational Outreach Services Roland Salas Director, Support Services Ben Santistevan Director, Athletics Eillen Sedillo Director, Financial Assistance/Scholarships Paul Sena Interim Chief of Campus Police Andy Vasquez Director, Human Resources Phillip Uzdawinis, Ph.D. Director, Development and Foundation 132 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

Faculty Andre Garcia-Nuthmann. B.M., Southwestern James Alarid. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of New University; M.M., University of New Mexico. Mexico. Professor of Education. Assistant Professor of Music; Ph.D., University Sergio Alonso. Financial Administration Dipolma, of Arizona. Universidad Anahuac, Mexico; MBA Tec de Jane Gorman. B.A., DePaul University; M.A., Monterrey; Ph.D., International Business and Ph.D., University of Chicago. Assistant Profes- Marketing, University of Texas-Pan American. sor of Social Work. David Arguello. B.A., University of New Mexico; E. R. Greene. B.A., M.S., Rice University; Ph.D., M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Washington. As- Colorado State University. Professor of Biol- sociate Professor of Social Work. ogy. Jill Baker. B.A., University of Texas, Austin; W. David Hacker. B.S., Sul Ross State University; M.S.W., University of Hawaii. Associate Pro- M.S., East Texas State University; Ph.D., fessor of Social Work. Stephen F. Austin State University. Associate Charles Becker. CPA. B.A., Virginia Military In- Professor of Environmental Science. stitute; M.A., University of Virginia. Associate Shirley Hall. B.A., Milton College; M.S.S.W., Uni- Professor of Business (Accounting). versity of Wisconsin, Madison; M.A., Northern Kenneth P. Bentson. B.S., University of California, Illinois University; Ph.D., University of Florida. Berkeley; M.S., Ph.D., Oregon State University. Associate Professor of Social Work. Associate Professor of Environmental Science. Julius Harrington. B.A., Le Moyne Queen College; Drake Bingham. B.A., Northwestern State College; M.A., M.P.A., D.S.W., University of Utah. As- M.A., University of Oklahoma; Ph.D., Southern sociate Professor of Social Work. Illinois University. Associate Professor of Mass Merritt Helvenston. B.A., M.S., Ph.D., University Communications. of Nevada-Reno. Professor of Chemistry. Helen Aparicio Blythe. B.A., M.A., Auckland Jean Hill. B.A., Douglass College, M.A., Rutgers University; Ph.D. Stanford University. Assistant University; Ph.D., DePaul University; Professor Professor of English. of Psychology. Patricia Bost. B.S., Washington University; M.B.A., J. Francisco Hidalgo. B.A., University of Los An- Southern Illinois University; Ph.D., George geles; M.A., University of Southern California; Washington University. Associate Professor of Ph.D., University of Southern California. Business (Accounting). Jose Leonardo Hurtado. B.S., M.A., University Regina Briefs-Elgin. B.A., Georgetown University of New Mexico; Ph.D., University of North and University of Aix Marseille; Ph.D., Univer- Carolina, Chapel Hill. Professor of Special sity of Virginia. Associate Professor of English. Education. Jean H. Farrar. NCC., B.A.E., M.Ed., Ed.D., Uni- Michael Immerman. B.A., Utica College of Syra- versity of Mississippi. Professor of Guidance cuse University; M.A.E., University of Akron; and Counseling. Ph.D., University of New Mexico. Associate Joan Gallini. B.S., University of Missouri at Co- Professor of Education. lumbia; M.A., Ph.D., Florida State University. Andrew Israel. B.A., Manhattan College; M.S.W., Associate Professor of Education and Assess- New Mexico Highlands University; J.D., ment. Syracuse University College of Law. Associate Alfredo Garcia. B.A., New Mexico Highlands Uni- Professor of Social Work. versity; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., John J. Jeffries. B.A., University of California, Los University of Denver. Associate Professor of Angeles; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Social Work. San Diego. Assistant Professor of Mathematics. New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 133

Kathy Jenkins. B.A., M.S., Ph.D., University of sor of Educational Leadership. New Mexico. Assistant Professor of Exercise Daniel Martinez. B.A., M.A., New Mexico Physiology and Anatmical Kinesiology. Highlands University; Ph.D., University of Ne- Merryl Kravitz. B.A., State University of New York; braska-Lincoln. Assistant Professor of English. M.A., Ph.D., University of New Mexico. As- Edward A. Martinez. sociate Professor of Secondary Education. Rey Martinez. B.A., University of Hawaii; M.S.W., Joan Krohn. LISW. B.S.E., Northern Illinois Uni- Boston University; Ph.D. Florida State Univer- versity; M.S.W., University of Urbana-Cham- sity. Associate Professor of Social Work. paign. Associate Professor of Social Work. Rudolfo Martinez. Linda LaGrange. B.A., University of Alaska; M.S., Katie McDonough. R.N., St. Elizabeth’s Hospital New Mexico Highlands University; Ph.D., Uni- School of Nursing; M.S., West Texas State Uni- versity of Alberta. Professor of Psychology. versity; Ph.D., University of Texas, Arlington. Miriam Langer. B.A, B.F.A., Cornell University; Professor of Social Work. M.F.A., Tisch School of Fine Arts, New York C. G. “Tino” Mendez. B.A., Benedictine College; University. Assistant Professor of Media Arts M.A., Ph. D., University of Colorado. and Fine Arts. Alice E. Menzor. B.A., M.A., New Mexico High- James K. Leger. B.A., M.A., New Mexico High- lands University; Ph.D., University of New lands University. Assistant Professor of Music. Mexico. Professor of Elementary Education. George Leone. B.A., Memphis State University; Michael Meyer. B.S., University of WI-Stevens M.A., New Mexico State University; Ph.D., Point; M.S., University of WI-Madison; M.S., St. Louis University. Assistant Professor of Ph.D., University of MN-St. Paul. Assistant Education. Professor of Natural Resource Management. Carol Linder. Robert E. Mishler. B.A., Manchester College; Peter Linder. B.A., University of New Mexico; M.A., University of Colorado. Associate Pro- M.A., University of New Mexico; Ph.D., Uni- fessor of Anthropology. versity of Texas, Austin. Associate Professor of Ben Nelson. B.A., D.D.M., Texas A&M University. History. Assistant Professor of Biology. Jennifer Lindline. B.S., Temple University; M.A., Chris Nelson. B.A., Augustana College; M.S.Ed., Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College. Assistant Professor Ph.D., University of Kansas. Associate Profes- of Natural Resources Management. sor of Special Education. David M. Lobdell. B.F.A., University of Southwest- Carolyn Newman. B.A., M.A., George Mason ern Louisiana; M.F.A., University of Notre University; Ph.D., University of Texas, Austin. Dame. Associate Professor of Art. Associate Professor of Early Childhood Multi- John Luhman. B.A., M.A., American University; cultural Education. Ph.D. New Mexico State University. Assistant Harold Olafson. CFP/CREA/ASA/GAA. B.A., Professor of Management. M.B.A., University of California, Los Angeles. Roy Lujan. B.A., M.A., New Mexico Highlands Professor of Finance. University; Ph.D., University of New Mexico. Luis Ortiz. B.B.A., M.B.A., New Mexico Highlands Professor of History. University; Ph.D., University of Texas. Assis- Abbas Manafy. B.A., The University of Azerbaijan; tant Professor of Management. B.A., M.A., The University of Kansas, Law- Belinda Pacheco-Laumbach. B.A., M.A., New rence; Ph.D., The University of Texas, Austin. Mexico Highlands University; Ph.D., Univer- Professor of Political Science. sity of New Mexico. Assistant Professor of Patricia Manzanares-Gonzales. B.A., M.A., Ed.D., Education. Northern Arizona University. Associate Profes- 134 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

Rolando Rael. B.S., M.S., New Mexico Highlands Hossein Tahani. M.S., St. Louis University; M.S., University; Ph.D., University of California. Ph.D., University of Missouri, Columbia. Assis- Associate Professor of Biology. tant Professor of Computer Science. Barbara Risch. B.A., Thomas More College; M.A., Orit Tamir. B.A., University of Haifa, Israel; M.A., Ph.D., University of Cincinnati. Professor of Ph.D., Arizona State University. Assistant English. Professor of Anthropology. Maureen Romine. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Colorado State William Taylor, B.A., University of California; University. Professor of Biology. M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., University Joseph Sabutis. B.A., University of Nebraska, of New Mexico. Omaha; M.S., University of California, Los Kent Tucker. B.A., California State University, Angeles; M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh. Fullerton; M.B.A., D.B.A., United States Associate Professor of Physics and Education. International University. Associate Professor of David Sammeth. B.S., Ph.D., Montana State Uni- Finance. versity. Associate Professor of Chemistry. Carmen Vidal-Lieberman. B.A., University of Clarence Sanchez. B.A., M.A., New Mexico Maryland; M.A., George Mason University; Highlands University; Ph.D., Washington State Ph.D., The Catholic University of America. University. Associate Professor of Education. Associate Professor of Spanish. Vice President for Research Development & Robert Villa. B.A., M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Institutional Planning/Graduate Studies. Utah. Associate Professor of Social Work. Nicolas T. Sanchez. B.A., New Mexico Highlands Thomas Ward. B.S., Northern Arizona University; University; M.A., Ph.D., University of New M.S., Ph.D., Iowa State University. Associate Mexico. Professor of Secondary Education. Professor of Sociology. Veronica Saunero-Ward. B.A., Colby College; David West. B.A., M.A., M.S., Ph.D., University of M.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. Wisconsin. Professor of Management Informa- Assistant Professor of Spanish. tion Systems. Jon A. Schlosser. B.S., Ph.D., University of Texas, Steven Williams. B.A., Rutgers College; Ph.D., Austin. Professor of Mathematics. Northwestern University. Associate Professor Mary Shaw. B.A., Lone Mountain College; M.S., of History. Ph.D., University of California. Associate Leah Wolff. B.A., M.A., New Mexico Highlands Professor of Biology. University. C. Sollohub. B.A., Oblate College; M.S., California Donna Woodford. B.A., California State University; State University; M.S., San Francisco State M.A., Ph.D., Washington University University. Associate Professor of Computer Margaret Young. B.B.A., University of Texas, El Science. Paso; M.A., Ph.D., New Mexico State Universi- Alice Lee Stauffer. B.A., M.A., University of ty. Associate Professor of Business Administra- Oklahoma; Ph.D., University of New Mexico. tion/Marketing. Associate Professor of Philosophy. Djuro G. Zrilic. B.S., University of Banja; M.S., Charles Swim. B.A., M.S., Eastern Montana Col- University of Ljubljana; Ph.D., University of lege; M.B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas; Belgrade. Professor of Engineering. D.B.A., United States International University. Associate Professor of Management and Man- agement Information Systems. Eddie Tafoya. B.A., M.A., University of New Mexico; Ph.D., Binghamton University. As- sistant Professor of English. New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 135

Emeriti James E. Connor. (deceased) John Adams. B.A., Bethany College; M.A., Ph.D., Jose E. Cordova. B.A., M.A., New Mexico High- University of Kansas. Professor Emeritus of lands University; Ph.D., University of New English. Mexico. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ursel Albers. CPA/CMA, B.A., Hunter College; John A. Donnelly. (deceased) M.A., Michigan State University, Professor Ray Farmer. (deceased) Emeritus of Accounting. Wilma Fitch. B.S., M.S., Iowa State University. As- Robert L. S. Amai. B.A., M.S., University of sociate Professor Emeritus of Education. Hawaii; Ph.D., University of Kansas. Professor Jose-Pablo Garcia. B.A., M.A., University of Emeritus of Chemistry. Texas at El Paso; Ph.D., University of New Frank Angel. B.S., M.S., University of New Mexi- Mexico. Professor Emeritus of Modern Foreign co; Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley. Languages. Past President of the University and Professor Lillian H. Gleason. (deceased) Emeritus of Education. Grady Greene. B.S.E., University of Arkansas; John Aragon. Past President of the University. M.S., Kansas State University; Ed.D., Univer- (deceased) sity of Northern Colorado. Professor Emeritus Gilbert M. Baca. B.A., M.S.W., Loyola University of Music. of Chicago; Ph.D., University of Denver. Pro- Donald G. Guerin. B.S., M.A., New Mexico High- fessor Emeritus of Social Work. lands University. Associate Professor Emeritus John Barrett. B.A., M.A., Teachers College, of Industrial Technology. Columbia University; Ph.D., University of New Albert Gutierrez. B.A., M.A., New Mexico High- Mexico. Professor Emeritus of Education. lands University. Assistant Professor Emeritus James A. Beatson. (deceased) of Business. Waldemere Bejnar. B.S., M.A., University of Calvin Hager. B.A., University of Washington; Michigan; Ph.D., University of Arizona. Profes- M.Ed., Ed.D.,University of Nebraska. Professor sor Emeritus of Earth Science. Emeritus of Education. Ralph Bowyer. B.A., M.A., University of New Sara Harris. B.A., M.A., New Mexico Highlands Mexico; Associate Professor Emeritus of Physi- University; Ph.D., University of New Mexico. cal Education. Professor Emeritus of Languages. Walter F. Brunet. (deceased) Melvin Hill. (deceased) Luis Casaus. B.A., New Mexico Highlands Univer- Stanley J. Hipwood. (deceased) sity; M.A., University of New Mexico; Ed.D., Fred A. Hopper. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Texas Tech University. Professor Emeritus of Oklahoma. Professor Emeritus of Biology. Education. Orval D. Hughes. B.A., Colgate University; M.S., Samuel Cheng. B.A., University of China; M.S., Syracuse University; Ph.D., University of Kansas State University, Manhattan; Ed.D., New Mexico. Associate Professor Emeritus of University of Northern Colorado. Associate Education. Professor Emeritus of Business. Evelyn I. Ivanoff. B.S., Northern State College of John Clark. B.A., Earlham College; M.S., Ph.D., South Dakota; M.A. in L.S., George Peabody Purdue University. Professor Emeritus of College. Professor Emeritus of Library Science. Psychology. Gerald Jacobi. B.S., M.S., Colorado State Uni- Geraldo Coca. B.A., M.A., New Mexico Highlands versity; Ph.D., University of Utah. Professor University; Ph.D., University of New Mexico. Emeritus of Environmental Science. Associate Professor Emeritus of Education. 136 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

Jean Lee Johnson. B.A., University of Western ico; M.S., Colorado State University. Professor Ontario; M.A., Ph.D., University of North Emeritus of Home Economics. Carolina. Professor Emeritus of Modern For- Merritt W. McGahan. (deceased) eign Languages. Jack W. Mears. B.S., M.A., Ed.D., University of Bill L. Johnson. B.A., M.A., New Mexico High- Texas at Austin. Professor Emeritus of Educa- lands University; Ed.D., University of New tion. Mexico. Associate Professor Emeritus of Luis Medina. B.S., Adams State College; M.S.W., Education. St. Louis University; D.S.W., University of John Spencer Johnson. (deceased ) Utah. Professor Emeritus of Social Work. Kim Kirkpatrick. A.B., M.S., San Diego State Ira B. Mosley. B.S., M.S., Kansas State Teachers College; Ph.D., New Mexico State University. College; Ed.D., Stanford University. Professor Professor Emeritus of Physics and Computer Emeritus of Education. Science. Juanita Montoya. B.A., M.A., New Mexico High- William H. Knell. (deceased) lands University; Ph.D., University of New Harry M. Leippe. B.A., Calvin College; M.A., Mexico. Professor Emeritus of Education. University of California at Berkeley. Professor Opal Snitker Moore. (deceased) Emeritus of Art. Werner Muller. B.A., Haverford College; M.A., Robert G. Lindeborg. (deceased) Ph.D., Teachers College, Columbia University. Vicente J. Llamas. B.S., M.S., University of Los Professor Emeritus of Education. Angeles; M.S., Ph.D., University of Missouri at Annelise Nanninga. (deceased) Rolla. Professor Emeritus of Physics. Tito E. Narango. B.A., New Mexico Highlands Anne Lohrli. B.A., M.A., Occidental College; University; M.S.W., University of Utah. Associ- M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D., University ate Emeritus Professor of Social Work. of Southern California. Professor Emeritus of Alfonso Ortiz, Jr. B.A., M.A., New Mexico English. Highlands University; Ed.S., University of William Lux. B.A., University of New Mexico; New Mexico. Associate Professor Emeritus of M.A., Stanford University; M.A., Ph.D., Education. University of Southern California. Professor John M. Pacheco. B.A., M.S., New Mexico Emeritus of History. Highlands University; Ph.D., University of Albert R. Maez. B.A., M.A., New Mexico High- New Mexico. Past Vice President for Academic lands University. Assistant Professor Emeritus Affairs and Professor Emeritus of Education. of Engineering Technology. Seth H. Parsons. (deceased) Thomas Oliver Mallory. B.A., M.A., Southwest Lynn I. Perrigo. (deceased) Texas State College; Ph.D., University of Il- Edith Clement Rackley. (deceased) linois. Professor Emeritus of English. Gabino Rendon. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of James H. Marshall. B.S., University of Kansas; Colorado. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. M.A., New Mexico Highlands University. Gilbert D. Rivera. B.A., M.S., New Mexico High- Associate Professor Emeritus of Human Perfor- lands University; Ph.D., University of North mance, Leisure, and Sport. Texas. Past Vice President for Academic Affairs C. Leo Martinez. B.A., M.A., Eastern New Mexico and Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. University; Ed.D., Utah State University. As- James V. Rocca. B.B.A., Gonzaga University; sociate Professor Emeritus of Industrial Arts Ph.D., University of Vienna. Professor Emeritus Education. of Political Science. Ruth Matilla. (deceased) Lillian Rogers. (deceased) Elaine M. McDowell. B.S., University of New Mex- Louise L. Roloff. B.S., University of Colorado; New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 137

M.A., New York University; Ph.D., State Uni- versity; M.A., University of Virginia; M.A., versity of Iowa. Professor Emeritus of Health University of Missouri. Professor Emeritus of and Physical Education. Journalism. James D. Russell. B.A., M.A., New Mexico Alfonso Urtiaga. B.A., M.L., Universidad de Ma- Highlands University; Ph.D., University of drid; M.A., Facultad Filosoﬁ ca de la Compania New Mexico. Associate Professor Emeritus of de Jesus, Madrid; M.C.L., Columbia Universi- History. ty; Ph.D., Louisiana State University. Professor Loretta Salazar. B.A., M.A.T.S, Ph.D. University of Emeritus of Languages. New Mexico. Professor Emeritus of Education. Facundo Valdez. B.A., New Mexico Highlands Tomas Salazar. B.A., New Mexico Highlands Uni- University; M.S.W., University of Denver. versity; M.A., University of Montana; Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Social Work. University of New Mexico. Margaret Vasquesz-Geffroy. B.A., M.A., Univer- Lucille Sampson. B.A., M.A., New Mexico High- sity of New York; Ph.D., University of New lands University; C.P.S. Associate Professor Mexico. Professor Emeritus of Anthropology. Emeritus of Business Administration. Bernice E. Waggoner. B.S., Abilene Christian Willie Sanchez. B.A., M.A., New Mexico Highlands College; M.S., University of Colorado; Ph.D., University; Ed.D.,University of New Mexico. Texas Woman’s University. Professor Emeritus Professor Emeritus of Education. of Human Performance, Leisure, and Sport. Alice Sandoval. B.A., M.A., New Mexico High- Loren E. Wise. B.M.E., University of Evansville; lands University; Ph.D., University of New M.M., D.M.A., University of Arizona. Profes- Mexico. Professor Emeritus of Education. sor Emeritus of Music. Elmer Schooley. B.F.A., University of Colorado; Frederick L. Yarger. B.S., Capital University; M.S., M.A., State University of Iowa. Professor Ph.D., Ohio State University. Professor Emeri- Emeritus of Arts and Crafts. tus of Physics. Joseph A. Schuﬂ e. (deceased) Roberta Henderson Zohn. B.A., M.A., New Charles J. Searcy. B.S., Panhandle A&M College; Mexico Highlands University. Assistant Profes- M.S., Ed.D., Oklahoma State University. Pro- sor Emeritus of Music. fessor Emeritus of Mathematics. Lora Mangum Shields. (deceased) Joe M. Shockley. B.S., North Carolina State Univer- sity; M.A., East Carolina University; Ed.D., University of Georgia. Professor of Human Performance, Leisure, and Sport. Erma Schuster. (deceased) Virginia Sloan. (deceased) Albert L. Soderblom. (deceased) John W. Spencer. B.S., M.S., Washington State University; Ph.D., University of Arizona. Pro- fessor Emeritus of Biology. George H. Sprenger. B.S., Winona State College; M.S.T., University of North Dakota; Ph.D., University of Idaho. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. John Uribe. (deceased) Art Trujillo. B.A., New Mexico Highlands Uni- 138 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

Index Business, academic program, 89; business Abbreviations, course symbols, 34 core, 89; courses in, 90; degree in, 89; exit Academic advising, 32; for Social Work, 117 requirements, 111-112 Academic dishonesty, 23 Business, School of, 89; accreditation, 89; Academic dismissal, 23 admission, 89; faculty, 89; mission, 89; Academic loads, 20, 31 resources and facilities, 89, 90 Academic policies, general, 21 Business Law, courses in, 92 Academic probation, 22, 28 Calendar, inside back cover Academic programs and courses, 34 Catalog purpose, 7 Academic programs of study, 8 Catalog of record, 27 Academic progress, 8, 22 Changes, in schedule, 33 ACBSP, 88 Chemistry, academic program, 81; courses in, Account balances, 16 82; degree in, 81 Accounting, courses in, 92 Class attendance, 23 Accreditation, School of Business, 88; School Class meetings, 23 of Education, 97; School of Social Work, Clinical Social Work Practice, concentration 117; University, 4 in, 122 Adding and dropping classes, 33 Colorado students, non-resident tuition waiver, Administration (university), 131 20 Administration concentration, Behavioral Sci- Commencement, 27 ences degree in, 39 Communication and Fine Arts, Department of, Admission, 11 47; faculty, 47; mission, 47; resources and degree seeking, 11, non-degree, 13 facilities, 47, 48 Advanced standing, 11 Community Organization, concentration in, Anthropology, academic program, 36; courses 124 in, 38-41; concentration in, 35 Computer Science, courses in, 57 Appeals, 18 Computer and Mathematical Sciences, Depart- ﬁ nancial aid, 17; grade, 21 ment of, 55; faculty, 55; resources and Applied Sociology, concentration in, 39 facilities, 55 Art, 50; courses in, 50 Counseling, academic program, 99; concentra- Art History, courses in, 51 tion in, 99; courses in, 102 Arts and Sciences, College of, 35; mission 35 Counselor Licensure, Professional, emphasis Assistance, see: Financial Aid, Disability Ser- in, 100 vices, Vocational Rehabilitation, Student Course listings, format, 34 Services Creative Writing, concentration in, 67 Auditing class or classes, 15, 33 CSWE, 117 Behavioral Sciences, Department of, 36; Curriculum and Instruction, concentration in, faculty, 36; mission, 36; resources and 100 facilities, 36 Degree check, 27 Bilingual/Bicultural, Social Work, 123; Degree programs, 8 courses in, 124 Degree requirements, 27 Biology (Life Science), academic program, Directed study, 24 80; concentration in, 81, courses in, 103- Directory information, 25 107 Disability Services, 9, 10 Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA), 19 Distance Education Program, tuition, 15 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 139

Early Childhood Multicultural Education, Humanities, Department of, 64; faculty, 64; courses in, 105 mission, 64; resources and facilities, 64 Economics, courses in, 92 Human Resources, concentration, 91, courses Education, General and Secondary, courses in, 93 in, 107 Incompletes (“I” grade), 21 Education, School of, 97; accreditation, 97; Independent study or research, 24 faculty, 97; mission, 97; resources and International Business, cencentration, 91, facilities, 97; ‘STURDY’ model, 98 courses in, 93 Educational Leadership, concentration in, 101; International students, admission, 12 courses in, 105 Internships, and cooperative education, 23 Educational Outreach Services, Job Training Partnership Act (JTPA), see distance education, tuition, 15; interna- Workforce Investment Act (WIA) tional education, 12 Language, Rhetoric, and Composition, con- Educational records, access, see transcripts centration in, 66 Elementary Education, courses in, 106 Licensure, 101; in Counseling, 100 English, academic program, 65; courses in, 71; Life Sci, courses in, 86, degree in, 81 degree in, 66 Literature, concentration in, 66 Exercise, Sport and Science, Department of, Map, of campus, 5 112; faculty, 112; mission, 112 Management, courses in, 93 ESS, Human Performance and Sport, Management Information Systems, courses academic programs, 112; courses in, 114; in, 95 degree in, 112 Marketing, courses in, 96 Faculty, 132; emeriti 135 Mathematics, 55; courses in, 61 Field project courses, 24 Mathematical Sciences, Department of Com- Final degree check, 26 puter and, 55; faculty, 55; resources and Final examinations, 24 facilities, 55 Finance, courses in, 92 Media Arts and Computer Science, Commu- Financial aid, 17 nication and Fine Arts degree in, 48; Math appeals, 19; application, 17; deferments, and Computer Science degree in, 55 19; enrollment certifi cations, 19; time Mid-term grades, 22 limits, 18, verifi cation policy, 18 Military Education, credit, 25 Geology, courses in, 85 Music, 49; courses in, 54 Grade point average, 18, 22 Name, change of, 26 Grades and grading policies, 21 Native Americans, students, 14; Navajo resi- Graduation, 27 dency, 14 Graphic Design, see Design Studies Natural Sciences, Department of, 80; faculty, Health, courses in, 114 80; mission, 80; resources and facilities, Hispanic Languages and Literature, concentra- 80 tion in, 70 New Mexico Highlands University, history, 9; Historical and Cross-Cultural Perspectives, mission statement, 7 concentration in, 68 Offi cers of the University, inside front cover History, academic program, 67; courses in, 74 Petitions, exceptions to refund policy, 17; History and Political Science, concentration hardship, 26; residency 14 in, 70 Philosophy, courses in, 73 Honors list, 22 Phone numbers, inside front cover 140 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

Physics, courses in, 63 Stud athletes, nonresident tuition waiver, 21 Political and Governmental Processes, concen- Student services, 9, 10 tration in, 68 Summer session loads, 19 Political Science, academic program, 67; con- Suspension, academic, 28 centration in, 70; courses in, 75 Table of Contents, 5 Posting of degrees, 57 Teacher Education, concentration in, 113 Practicum courses, 24 Teacher Education and Sports Administration, Psychology, academic program, 37; courses academic program, 113; concentrations in, 41; clinical track, 38; general track, 37; in, 113 degree in, 37 Testing services, TOEFL, 13 Public Affairs, Behavioral Sciences degree in, Transcripts, holds, 26 38; History and Political Science degree Transfer students, Social Work, 121 in, 68 Tuition and fees, 14 Reading, courses in, 110 payment plans, 16; refund schedule, 17; Refund, tuition and fees, 14 special fees, 15; special policies, 16; Regents, Board of, inside front cover tuition rates, 15 Registration, 32 Verifi cations, 18 continuous, 32; late, 32; web, 32 Veteran’s Admin educational benefi ts, 21 Rehabilitation Counseling, emphasis in, 100 Vocational rehabilitation, 21 Repetition of courses, 22 Worforce Investment Act (WIA), 21 Residency for tuition purposes, 14; Navajo, 20 Withdrawal policies, 16 Satisfactory academic progress, 22 Withdrawing from classes, 34; from school, Scheduled class meetings, 23 34 Scholarships, 17; cancellation and reinstatement, 19; other programs and benefi ts, 19 School Counseling, emphasis in, 100 Social Work, academic program, 122; courses in, 125; degree in, 122 Social Work, School of, 117; admission requirements, 119; faculty, 117, 118; mission, 117; program locations, 117; student stipends, 121 Sociology, academic program, 38; concentrations, 39; courses in, 45 Southwest Studies, Behavioral Sciences degree in, 37; History and Political Science degree in, 67; Languages and Literature degree in, 70 Spanish, concentrations in, 70; courses in, 76 Special Education, concentration in, 101; courses in, 110 Special exams, 24 Special fees, 15, 16 Sports Administration, concentration, 113 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 141

NOTES: 142 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

NOTES: New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 143

NOTES: 144 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

NOTES: New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog 145

NOTES: 146 New Mexico Highlands University 2005 ~ 2007 Graduate Catalog

Academic Year 2005-2006 2006-2007 Fall Semester 2005 2006 **Early Registration M-April 11-F-Aug 19 M-Apr 10-F-Aug 18 Classes Begin M Aug 22 M Aug 21 Last Day to Register F Sept 2 F Sept 1 Labor Day Holiday M Sept 5 M Sept 4 Census F Sept 9 F Sept 8 Mid-Term Exams W-F Oct 12-14 W-F Oct 11-13 Fall Recess M-T Oct 17-18 M-T Oct 16-17 *Last day to Withdraw F Oct 28 F Oct 27 Fall Break W-F Nov 23-25 W-F Nov 22-24 Final Exams M-F Dec 12-16 M-F Dec 11-15 Semester Ends M Dec 19 M Dec 18

Spring Semester 2006 2007 **Early Registration M-F Nov 14-F-Jan 13 M-F Nov 13-F-Jan 12 MLK Holiday M Jan 16 M Jan 15 Classes Begin T Jan 17 T Jan 16 Last Day to Register F Jan 27 F Jan 26 Census F Feb 3 F Feb 2 Mid-Term Exam W-S Mar 15-18 W-S Mar 14-17 Spring Break M-F Mar 20-24 M-F Mar 19-23 *Last Day to Withdraw F Mar 31 F Mar 30 Spring Recess F-M Apr 14-17 F-M Apr 13-16 Final Exams M-F May 8-12 M-F May 7-11 Commencement S May 13 S May 12 Semester Ends M May 15 M May 14

Summer Session 2006 2007 **Early Registration M-Mar 6-F-June 2 M-Mar 5-F-June 1 Classes Begin M June 5 M June 4 Last Day to Register F June 9 F June 8 *Last Day to Withdraw F June 30 F June 29 Independence Day Holiday T July 4 W July 4 Final Exams W-Thu-July 26-27 W-Thu-July 25-26 Semester Ends M July 31 M July 30